YFP 398: Is Your Income Your Rate Limiting Step?


In this episode, Tim Ulbrich, YFP CEO looks at three powerful areas for growing your income: maximizing your compensation, real estate investing, and building side hustles or businesses.

Episode Summary

While cutting expenses is a key part of managing your finances, there’s a limit to how much you can cut. The good news? Your income has no ceiling. 

In this episode, Tim Ulbrich, YFP CEO looks at three powerful areas for growing your income: maximizing your compensation, real estate investing, and building side hustles or businesses. Tim shares some personal experiences and examples from other pharmacists who have successfully diversified their income streams and created financial opportunities that go beyond the traditional 9-to-5 grind.

Key Points from the Episode

  • [00:00] Introduction to Financial Freedom
  • [00:50] The Importance of Growing Your Income
  • [05:01] Maximizing Your Compensation
  • [09:12] Real Estate Investing
  • [13:50] Side Hustles and Business Income
  • [26:06] Leveraging Extra Income for Wealth Building
  • [28:20] Reflection and Conclusion

Episode Highlights

“ Opportunities exist all around us to grow our income. I didn’t say that it was easy and I didn’t say it wouldn’t come without failures along the way. I said that there were opportunities all around us. And that it has no limits.” – Tim Ulbrich [1:43]

“ Is my value being compensated appropriately? If so, great. If not, are you advocating for yourself? And if you’re not advocating for yourself, why not?” – Tim Ulbrich [5:25]

“ Not all side hustles and not all businesses are a good return on time investment, and especially in the case of a business, yes, there is more upside than a traditional W 2. But there’s also risk and we have to assess what that risk is.” – Tim Ulbrich [14:46]

“ Real wealth building potential happens when you take income from these streams and have that money growing and working for you.” – Tim Ulbrich [27:12]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: [00:00:00] Hey, everybody, Tim Ulbrich here. And welcome to this week’s episode of the YFP podcast, where we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. Today, I’m diving deep into a fun topic for anyone looking to build wealth. And that is the role of growing your income.

While cutting expenses is a key part of managing your finances. There’s a limit to how much you can cut the good news. Income has no ceiling. In this episode, we’re going to look at three powerful areas for growing your income, maximizing your compensation, real estate, investing, and building a side hustle or business.

I’ll share some personal experiences and examples from other pharmacists who have successfully diversified their income streams and created financial opportunities that go beyond the traditional nine to five. So let’s dive in to this week’s episode.

Hey guys, welcome to this week’s episode. I’m excited to jump in. As we talk about how your income just might be [00:01:00] the rate limiting step of your financial plan. When we talk about achieving our longterm financial goals, whether that’s building wealth, having more funds to invest in experiences. Whether that’s giving all of the above, it comes down to having cashflow to achieve those goals and cutting expenses.

We’ve talked about that many times on this show before it plays an important role, make no mistake, but at some point in time. You can only cut so much. And so we want to spend some time looking at the other side of the coin, which is growing your income and what potential that might provide when it comes to the financial plan.

So what if we shifted our focus more to the income side of the equation? Because opportunities exist all around us to grow our income. I didn’t say that it was easy and I didn’t say it wouldn’t come without failures along the way. I said that there were opportunities all around us. And that it has no limits.

And this is a big mindset shift [00:02:00] for many of us. That grew up in a profession where there was a ceiling, at least one that we put in our own minds on how much we would earn with the degree that we had. Many of us went through school and we came out with this story. I’m set or unsaid that, Hey, when you graduate, you’re going to make a good six figure income.

And objectively speaking, pharmacists do make a good six figure income. But because of that mindset, we often get uncomfortable. If we think about income growing beyond that number. The idea that it could be more, maybe double or triple that. It’s scary because it butts up against what we have known and what we have believed, right?

It butts up against our experiences. Now, my experience tells me. In my own situation and working with many other pharmacists that if we have a solid financial base and foundation to work from, the more opportunities that we actually start to see, [00:03:00] perhaps they’ve been there all along, but the more aware we are, because we’re now in a position and a mindset that we can entertain the idea of taking calculated risks.

Because when we have that strong foundation, we shift our mindset from a scarcity mindset to an abundance mindset. And we begin to see the opportunities for how we can not only grow our income, but how we can leverage that income growth to other parts of the financial plan. So the question is what opportunities exist?

To earn more income. Tell me more, Tim, what opportunities exist to earn more income. And I’ll speak from experience of those that I have, uh, have run across my own financial plan and those that I’ve come across in interviewing other pharmacists on this show, certainly it’s not meant to be an all inclusive list.

And if you have other ideas, whether you’re employing them in your own financial plan, or, you know, of others. That are leveraging strategies to grow their income and expand their income to accelerate their financial plan. [00:04:00] Send us an email at info at your financial pharmacist. com. We’d love to hear about it and be able to address those on an upcoming episode.

Now, before we jump in, I am not going to spend time on the one income growing idea that perhaps is the most obvious, right? Which is picking up. One of the blessings that we have in our profession is that we can, in many cases, pick up extra shifts, either at our employer or at another employer, at a really good hourly wage, that those additional dollars could be put to work in the financial plan.

So, if that’s available to you, and you’re interested in doing that work, that just might be the path of lease resistance. So I’m not going to focus on that, but I am going to focus on three other buckets of which I can, I think you can grow your income, maximizing your compensation, real estate, investing, and generating income through a side hustle or a business.

And again, I’ll feature several examples of [00:05:00] pharmacists all along the way. So let’s start with number one, which is your compensation. Right. Let’s address what you already have available to you to see if we can maximize that further. See if we can squeeze out more from our compensation while we also explore other strategies.

So if you are working a W 2 job, I want you to ask yourself this question. Is my value being compensated appropriately? Is my value being compensated appropriately? If so, great. If not Are you advocating for yourself? And if you’re not advocating for yourself, why not? Is there a potential for a raise within your organization and negotiating that raise or perhaps a, a new position externally that could give a boost to your income?

And now we all know from experience that when it comes to satisfaction in the workplace, it’s not just about the income. So I don’t want you to lose sight of those other factors, but if your value is not compensated appropriately, is there an [00:06:00] opportunity internally or externally? That we could pursue to grow that top number.

Now, my experience tells me that making a transition from one employer to another is a good opportunity. It’s a good time to right size compensation and negotiate. If you have the leverage to do so now, of course, if there’s an opportunity within an organization, and that is one that you already like working for that organization, we want to pursue that first, but if not, perhaps a transition.

Can afford us an opportunity to grow our income. Let me give you an example. In 2018, I made the transition from an academic role at Northeast Ohio medical university to one at Ohio state. In addition to having my partner, Tim Baker, certified financial planner in my corner, who’s an expert in negotiation, and he was able to coach me through that process.

In addition to that resource, there was one thing in particular. That allowed me to jump [00:07:00] my compensation by more than 30, 000 per year during the transition. And that one key ingredient that I believe is a really important ingredient when it comes to negotiation is that I had leverage. Now that’s not a bad word.

That’s not a greedy word. It’s a fact when you look at the negotiation process, do you have leverage or do you not have leverage? It’s an important self assessment. And the reason I had leverage is that I didn’t have an urgency. To make that move. And I applied for the position with a mindset that, Hey, if it works out great, if it doesn’t, that’s okay too.

And that really led me to approach the interview with an abundance mindset. I was able to cast a bold vision for the position that I was interviewing for. And I was able to do that, knowing that that vision was either going to be a home run, or it was going to be a strikeout. And because I love the work that I was doing at Northeast Ohio Medical University.

I like my colleagues. I was [00:08:00] afforded great opportunities there. I was curious about this new position, but it wasn’t a must have. And that leverage really helped me throughout the negotiation process. So back to the question, whether it’s an internal negotiation or an external negotiation, is your value being compensated appropriately?

Yes. Ideally your income is outpatient inflation, but asking for a raise for inflation sake, isn’t going to get you very far in the longterm. Rather, we need to focus on value, value that you bring to the employer and ensuring that that value is fairly compensated. And the key word here in the negotiation is fair.

If we’re talking about value and fair compensation, we’re now in an environment that allow us for hopefully a successful. Negotiation. If you’re curious to learn more about negotiation strategies, Tim Baker, and I talked about this several times in the podcast, but most recently on episode three 84, where we talked about beyond [00:09:00] salary negotiation, looking at your value in the workplace, so make sure to check out.

That episode that’s area number one, as we look at how we can potentially grow our income. And there we’re talking about compensation. Area number two is real estate investing, real estate investing. Now, outside of investing in the purchase of our office building for your financial pharmacist and doing some more passive hard money lending.

I’ll talk about that more here in a moment. I don’t necessarily consider myself to be a big real estate investor. It’s an area that I value as a diversified part of the financial plan. It’s one that I want to continue to grow as a part of our own financial plan, but I don’t consider myself a big real estate investor or pro in this area, but we have some great resources available through our community.

And those have been led by David Bright and Nate Hedrick, who are the co hosts of the YFP Real Estate Investing Podcast. They put out some great content sharing, not only their own investing journeys, but also [00:10:00] featuring other pharmacists that are doing real estate investing in all different types of way across the country.

So make sure to check out that resource. That said. While I don’t consider myself to be a big real estate investor, I do personally know many pharmacists in our community that have been successful in this space and they’ve done it in a lot of different ways. And one of the cool things about real estate is that it comes in many different forms and flavors that depending on your risk tolerance, depending, uh, depending on what level of involvement, how hands on you do or don’t want to be, some opportunities may be more interesting than others.

And many of you are likely already real estate investors and perhaps aren’t even aware of it. I’m talking about investing in REITs, what are known as real estate investment trust, which just might already be in your asset allocation inside of your 401k or inside of your 403b as one example. And what is a REIT?

Well, instead of owning and holding a property, a REIT or a real estate investment trust [00:11:00] is an investment in a company that pools money together to own or finance a real estate portfolio. So it’s one way that you can diversify your portfolio and get invested in real estate without owning the physical property and managing that yourself.

So what are the different types of real estate investing that are out there? Probably what comes to mind for many people, what I consider kind of the traditional real estate investing approach is what I call a buy and hold. So you buy a property, perhaps it’s, it’s undervalued. Maybe you do a little bit of fix up for the property.

Hopefully you have a long term tenant. If not, you’re dealing with vacancy and turnover and you’re, you’re charging a monthly rent that that’s. Ideally, positive cash flow and you have that for a long period of time and you can replicate that process potentially over and over again. So that, that’s a more traditional, a more active approach, depending on if you have a property manager, if you’re doing it yourself, that would be a buy and hold.

But there’s lots of other ways. There’s short and midterm rental. So think Airbnb. Right. There’s fix [00:12:00] and flips think, uh, HGTV fixer upper. So these are properties where again, uh, a property that often might be undervalued need significant repair work. You buy it at that lower rate, you fix it up. And ideally you set, you sell it for a profit.

There’s many other considerations to be thinking about there, but that that’s essentially the idea. There’s things that are more passive, like syndications and hard money lending, where you’re serving essentially as being the bank for other people that are doing. Real estate investing. There’s commercial real estate investing.

There’s house hacking where you’re living in a property while renting out a portion of the property to one or more individuals. Heck you can even buy a motel Schitt’s Creek style and turn that into an investment property, similar to what Stewart and Elizabeth only did as they shared on episode. 46 of the YFP real estate investing podcast.

We’ll link to that episode in the show notes. So there’s lots of different flavors of real estate investing, and it’s certainly not for everyone, but it can [00:13:00] provide some very tangible benefits. Including rental income or cashflow appreciation of that property over time where that equity could be leveraged There’s tax benefits and certainly for those that are thinking potentially something like an early retirement We can liquidate some of these properties as one avenue of creating some of that cash flow before we pull on other Investment accounts that might be tied up to that 59 and a half age that we think about with things like a 401k or an IRA.

Lots to think about there. Make sure you check out a real estate investment investment podcast shows. If you’re not already familiar with those, and I think you’ll find those inspiring, informational, and just give you ideas of how real estate investing may or may not fit in with your financial plan. So that’s number two, is we look at three different categories of how you can potentially grow your income.

The third one that I want to talk about. Is side hustle or business income. Now, these are very different, right? If someone owns a business and they operate a [00:14:00] business and that’s, that’s their full time thing versus side hustle. When we think about traditionally, you’re working a full time or part time job in addition to doing the side hustle.

But because many side hustles can become a business, I’m going to group these two things. Uh, together now, I think it’s important to know, right? There’s, there’s risk in lots of the different things that we’re talking about more so with the business and the side hustle, but because side hustles and entrepreneurship have become all the rage over the last decade or so, and, and I’m, I’m all in for a good side hustle or a business, but not all side hustles and not all businesses are a good return on time investment, and especially in the case of a business, yes, there is more upside than a traditional W 2.

But there’s also risk and we have to assess what that risk is. And when it comes to growing your income through a side hustle or business, this could be pharmacy related, or as you’ll see with a couple of examples, as I get towards the end, it might be not pharmacy related, especially if you have a creative outlet or hobby or [00:15:00] skill that is independent of your role or skills as a pharmacist.

So let’s look at a few examples of pharmacists. That have experience building a side hustle or a business. And I’m going to group these into different categories just to get the ideas flowing as you think about your own financial plan, the number one category and no particular order is medical writing.

I see a lot of pharmacists that are interested in doing medical writing. Yes. You can be a contractor. To do medical writing so this could be a side hustle or you could build and own your own medical writing business So I think about individuals like britney hoffman eubanks who we had on episode 126 that has her own medical writing business banner medical I think about megan freeland who was on episode 259 where we talked about building her medical writing business while she was also working Full time job.

I think about Austin Ulrich who was on the podcast who talked about Going on his own as an as an entrepreneur to build a a medical writing business and how he’s able to do that 

I think [00:16:00] about Warda Nawaz who talked about in episode 280, how she was able to pivot to a writing career. Lots of cool examples of pharmacists that are dabbling in this from a side hustle as a contractor to building their own medical writing business. Another bucket I would consider here is clinical consulting, right?

In days gone by, this would be performing things like medication therapy management services for a local pharmacy or independent pharmacy in modern day. This would be doing things like virtual medication therapy management or comprehensive medication reviews through companies like Aspen RX Health. So there are opportunities to pick up extra hours, earn some additional income, applying skills that maybe you’re using in your everyday job, or perhaps is tapping into a different part that you’re not using.

Every day in your work, there’s opportunities in speaking lots of pharmacists. I know that are getting paid for speaking Now this can be a grind when you think about the travel if it’s in person speaking Um, sometimes the the money may not be as [00:17:00] as good as it you want Depending on what type of speaking you’re doing, what your audience is.

I know several pharmacists that have made additional income predominantly as a side hustle, this certainly could build into a career. One I think about in particular would be Corey Jenks. We’ve had on the podcast most recently on episode three 62, uh, talking about fatherhood, family, and fire. If you’re not familiar with Corey, he’s written a couple of books and.

On that episode, we got to talk about his book on fatherhood. He’s a comedian and he just has a great speaking package and keynote that brings his healthcare experience, formerly working with the VA now working for a different employer, but. Pairing that health care experience with his passion and love for comedy and bringing that in a way that helps Clinicians pharmacists and other health care professionals be more compassionate And light hearted and how they approach those interactions with patients and he gets paid For the speaking that he does and his book led to his speaking his speaking helped further his book sales So [00:18:00] that’s one example that I would throw out there The next bucket that I would bring forward is what I’m calling content creation or online courses or communities where people are monetizing their clinical expertise.

So they built a brand, they have an area of clinical specialty and expertise, and they’ve been able to monetize that in different ways. Several individuals here. That are worth highlighting one, Jamie Wilkie. We had her on, on a couple episodes of the podcast, most recently on three 59. Again, we’ll link to all these in the show notes.

She first built a pharmacogenetics, uh, course in community. She worked for a while in retail pharmacy, left that work, built her own, uh, course and community has now built a brand under the misfit farm D where she’s helping to. coach pharmacists that are looking at career transitions and how they can take the skills that they have and be able to apply those skills to perhaps a different work scenario and employment setting than the one that they’re in now.

So if you’re not already following her on LinkedIn, I would, I would encourage you to [00:19:00] check her out. She’s got great content. I think about individuals like Blair Teelmeyer. Who built the pharmapreneur Academy. And she took a difficult situation of finding herself unemployed to starting her own business and became really a thought leader in our profession, not only through that Academy, but through her personal brand, that is a lead to additional consulting opportunities for her as well.

She wrote a book as well, early in her journey. Uh, so, so lots of pieces to consider here. I think about Tim Gauthier, who’s an ID clinical specialist that we had on the podcast a couple of years ago, who has built. His has taken his clinical expertise to build and monetize, uh, an online community and paid courses.

He has a social following that he built early on in Twitter and now X all focused around ID stewardship. So it’s a work that he’s doing day in and day out, and he’s able to then package that and build a brand around being the leading expert in ID stewardship for pharmacists. I think about individuals like Jimmy Pruitt, [00:20:00] who’s worked full time in an ED pharmacy and has built, started with a podcast.

He’s got an online community and resource. He’s got now an in person, uh, live event for emergency pharmacists and other healthcare professionals. Uh, built that while working full time as an emergency clinical specialist. Again, taking the work that’s being done every day and using it to monetize that clinical expertise and be able to reach a broader group.

I also think about individuals like Kelly Carlstrom, the founder of Kelly C Farm D, who’s a PGY 2 trained oncology he monk specialist that said, Hey, why isn’t this information more readily available outside of large academic medical centers and PGY 2 trained programs? And clinical specialists. And so she built an online community and resources where pharmacists all over the country could have access to that type of information to grow their clinical skills so they could better serve their practice sites and their patients.

Lots of cool examples of pharmacists that are creating courses, communities, [00:21:00] content, finding monetize their clinical expertise. Another bucket would be being an adjunct professor or teacher. I know several pharmacists that work full time but then they adjunct teach at a, could be a college of pharmacy, could be a college of medicine, uh, could be with a nursing program, could be with another healthcare profession that has a pharmacology course, could be in person, could be virtual, online courses, lots of different ways to get involved and to be able to again tap into a different area of your skills.

And earn some additional income. Another area would be an expert witness in episode 112 of the podcast A phd trained pharmacist brent roland shared his story about becoming a pharmacy expert witness for law firms Primarily focusing on marketing cases in addition to standard of care cases And he was able to get this experience while he was in school with his professor Asking for help on a big case.

That’s where he got started and then he continued to receive Casework from there. Many criminal [00:22:00] and civil cases involve medications, involve toxicology, involve quality of care and negligence. All areas where pharmacists are positioned well to provide their expert, uh, opinion and, uh, potentially some expert witness and testimony.

Another area would be consulting. Lots of pharmacists that are doing consulting. I think about individuals like Jill Pallier, who has a background in patient safety, uh, who’s built a specialty practice and has really paired those skills to be able to build a consulting business. I think about individuals like Brooke Griffin, who we had on episode 379 of the podcast, where she talked about her journey, building the business, the bold idea group.

Where she’s a full time academician at Midwestern and was able to build this coaching business while she was and continues to work full time in academia. I think of another category, which would be software or app based businesses. So Derek Borkowski who built pearls, if you’re not already familiar with pearls, I hope you’ll check it out.

[00:23:00] Great drug information resource. When I was in pharmacy school, we had a very antiquated version of micrometics and Lexicom. This is a much more user friendly modern version of those tools. I often joke with Derek, I wish I had this tool and resource available to me when I was in pharmacy school and residency.

And we had Derek on episode 243 where he talked about his non traditional career path, going from a community pharmacy to becoming a software engineer, and then ultimately building his business at Pearls. Other software app based business, I think about PharmaSol and Natalie Parker, graduate of Ohio State, who built PharmaSol with her co founder from MIT.

And PharmaSol is a company that streamlines pharmacy communications with advanced AI. And helps to automate calls and messages with patients, providers, and payers. Really cool example of someone that took their interest with AI and technology and paired it with their background in pharmacy. Another category I think about would be developing a physical product based business.

Now this can come with high risk and [00:24:00] high reward, right? There often is some, some higher, uh, equipment and costs to get started when you talk about a product based business, but two in particular stand out for me, one that’s pharmacy related, one non pharmacy related. One would be Alison Brennan, who we had on episode 180 of the podcast, where we talked about her journey, where she used her pharmacy skills to start her skincare company called Emma Gene Co.

And she started the skincare company out of her house while she was working full time and then eventually part time as a hospital administrator. Eventually she left that work to work full time on the skincare business. Now has her own team, has a warehouse, business is doing really well. Really cool example of a product based business.

The other one I think about here would be Prickly. Prickly is a cactus, uh, base, uh, beverage company. And a shout out to Quan Yang and his team and his co founder Mo who have built Prickly. We had Quan on episode 289, talking about how they built that. What was the vision behind it? Why did they do it? Uh, [00:25:00] really cool example of a pharmacist that appeared on Shark Tank and was able to leverage their entrepreneurial interest to build a product, uh, in what is a very competitive market, right?

The beverage industry. And last, but certainly not least, I think about some of the non pharmacy Uh entrepreneurs that are out there or the side hustlers that are out there as well Individuals like landon connor who’s a pharmacist who has a passion for photography and has built a successful photography business I think about pharmacist stephanie roberts who built an apothecary art business.

I think about pharmacist rosie chun who built a calligraphy Artist business successful business out in California that does a lot of events and high end calligraphy work for celebrities and Corporations again several different ways. There is no one right way, right? The purpose of me sharing these was to give you some examples and hopefully spark some creativity ideas of pharmacists That yes many of who have stayed in their pharmacy careers But are also building some really [00:26:00] cool things on the side or eventually some of those Were were evolved into a business 

now here’s the kicker when it comes to earning additional income, whatever avenue that might be, whether it’s growing our compensation, perhaps generating income through real estate investing, whether passive or active or generating income through a side hustle or business that extra income while it’s nice, and we can apply it towards certain goal, that extra income itself.

Is not where the real wealth building potential happens, right? Let me give you an example. If, if you were to take an extra 10, 000 that you earn and you apply it towards a, let’s just say a student loan debt payment, that’s at 6%, and there’s certainly a time and place for that. So don’t, don’t mishear me on this, but in that instance.

The value of that extra 10, 000 is limited, although valuable, limited to paying down that debt by 10, 000 and any of the interest that we would save that would have otherwise accumulated, but over time is we’re able to build a [00:27:00] strong financial foundation. If we can turn that extra income into assets that will produce further income and hopefully do so at a rate that compounds over time, that’s where we really start to see the money.

Working for us. Real wealth building potential happens when you take income from these streams and have that money growing and working for you. So what does that look like? Again, lots of ways that you can do this, but for me, it has included turning extra income from different sources into more traditional compounding assets, right?

Like equities inside of a 401k or four or three B IRA, HRA, HSA, taking that income and investing it as a hard money lender for others that are doing real estate investing, taking that extra income and purchasing a cash flowing. Appreciating property, taking that income and building equity and another business.

taking that income and investing in other businesses and taking [00:28:00] that income and growing an existing business, therefore increasing the value or the equity of that business over time. Those examples I think are really where you start to see the flywheel of how that income and taking off the ceiling of your income, how that income can be leveraged.

Towards that longer term plan to building wealth. So as we wrap up, let me leave you with a few questions of reflection. As you think about how to apply this in your own financial plan. Number one, do you believe that the income that you have and your potential of income for the most part is fixed? If so, why is that the case?

Where does that mindset come from? I think it’s really important to explore that. Second question. If you work for a traditional W 2 job, are you being compensated fairly for the value that you’re bringing? If not, what has been holding you back from asking and negotiating additional compensation? And number three, what opportunities [00:29:00] are there for building wealth?

Investing in experiences and giving beyond those that I mentioned throughout this episode. And if you have an idea, as I mentioned at the beginning of something you’re doing or something, you know, someone else is doing, send us an email at info. At your financial pharmacist. com. Thank you so much for listening to this week’s episode of the podcast.

If you like what you heard, do us a favor, leave us a rating and review on Apple podcasts, which will help other pharmacists find the show. And finally, an important reminder that the content in the podcast is provided for informational purposes only, and is not intended to provide and should not be relying on for investment or any other advice for more information on this.

You can visit your financial pharmacist. com forward slash disclaimer. Thanks so much for listening. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 397: The Art of Rebalancing: Maintaining Your Investment Portfolio


Tim Baker, CFP®, RICP®, RLP® and Tim Ulbrich, PharmD discuss the importance of maintaining a balanced asset allocation, the nuances of risk tolerance and capacity, and the different accounts you should be rebalancing.

Brought to you by First Horizon.

Episode Summary

In this episode, Tim Baker, CFP®, RICP®, RLP®, and Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, explore the essentials of rebalancing your investment portfolio.

Tim and Tim discuss asset allocation, risk tolerance, and key accounts to rebalance. They also highlight common mistakes and effective rebalancing strategies for long-term investment success.

Key Points from the Episode

  • [00:16] Introduction to Rebalancing Your Investment Portfolio
  • [01:34] Defining Asset Allocation and Rebalancing
  • [02:43] The Importance of Rebalancing
  • [04:37] Accounts to Consider for Rebalancing
  • [09:23] Risk Tolerance vs. Risk Capacity
  • [17:44] Common Mistakes in Rebalancing
  • [22:43] Timing Your Rebalancing
  • [25:38] Conclusion and Financial Planning Services

Episode Highlights

“ What we’re really talking about here is like maintaining the amount of risk that you feel comfortable with.” –  Tim Baker [1:04]

“ Rebalancing is the process of realigning the asset allocation of your investments to maintain whatever your desired level of risk is.” – Tim Baker [2:30]

“ But the question behind that is like, Where are we going with these investment accounts? What’s the overarching goal? What’s the target amount that we’re trying to achieve?” – Tim Ulbrich [7:06]

“ The longer time horizon that you have, the more capacity that you have to take risk because the more likely that that portfolio can recover over those 30 years.” – Tim Baker [11:06]

“ Risk tolerance is what you want to take. That’s kind of your emotional response. The risk capacity is what you should or need to take.” – Tim Baker [11:54]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Tim Baker, glad to have you back on the show.

Tim Baker: Good to be back with what’s new, Tim.

Tim Ulbrich: I think this is back to back, right? It’s been a while, uh, since we’ve done a back to back. So last week we talked about couples working together with their finances, certainly a relevant and important topic. And today we’re going to go pretty narrow and pretty nerdy.

Uh, as we talk about rebalancing your investment portfolio and Tim, let me start with that. We talk a lot [00:03:00] about. our savings rate and how much we’re going to save and how much we need to save for retirement. And sometimes what we lose in that conversation, certainly not with clients when our team’s doing this one on one, but maybe in a broader education sense is how we actually allocate those assets.

Where, where do those dollars go? And then what do we do when that asset allocation perhaps get it out of whack over time, which is our topic, uh, with rebalancing. So I think, I think naturally there can be a focus on the accumulation, but we might lose some of those details along the way.

Tim Baker: Yeah. I mean, it’s an important thing to consider because what we’re really talking about here is like maintaining the amount of risk that you feel comfortable with, with, and for a lot of people are like, I don’t even know what you’re talking about. So I’m just putting in a target date fund. Um, so if you’re in a target date fund, Um, you know, primarily this episode won’t apply to you, but if you’re kind of pulling the strings and want a little bit more precision, um, want to pay a little bit less, that’s one of the, the, the, the beast that I have with target a fund, this’ll [00:04:00] be an episode to kind of tune in and, and, and listen to in terms of, you know, at least how we approach it.

Tim Ulbrich: So let’s start with just defining rebalancing and maybe at the same time, define asset allocation, because those are going to go hand in hand.

Tim Baker: Yeah, so asset allocation is really just the percentages between stocks and bonds, um, at a high level. Um, so. Um, you know, if you’re, if you’re in, say, an 80 20, um, portfolio, that means 80 percent is in stock. So you think traditionally more exponential growth, um, you know, more, more stocks and an accumulation phase.

And then bonds are, I, we typically explain as more like linear growth, which is where you’re, you know, it’s fixed income, you’re, you’re being set, you know, being paid, um, you know, interest and those types of things. So typically the higher the bonds, the more risk. Um, avoidant you are. Um, and typically this is for people that are approaching retirement or in retirement.

So the percentage of stocks and bonds is really what we’re talking about with [00:05:00] that asset allocation. Rebalancing is the process of realigning the asset allocation of your investments to maintain whatever your desired level of risk is. And, you know, return. So over time, Tim, Tim. The market fluctuates, obviously it goes up and down and certain investments may grow faster than others.

So this causes your portfolio to drift from its original target allocation. So give me an example. Let’s say your target allocation is fairly conservative. It’s 6040. So 60 percent in stocks and 40 percent in bonds, a strong stock market, which we’ve been experiencing lately, um, over the last couple of years, although volatile could shift that to a 7030.

Um, ratio. So if you’re in a buy and hold strategy, which is basically you, you buy and set it and forget it, you’re going to continue to drift 20, um, which, which ultimately increases your portfolio’s risk. So what rebalancing [00:06:00] basically involves is selling some of the stocks and buy in bonds to return it back to that original 60, 40.

So basically. You know, you sign up for a certain amount of risk, you know, whether you’re working with advisor or just in your own mind and as the market does what it does the You know the percentages shift and you just want to basically reset that so In the event, you know, I always kind of think about in the event of um, you know the market taking a significant downturn Um, you’re protected as much as you can be with the the percentages that you signed up for.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And for the DIYers out there, right? This is something they have to keep on, on their radar to come back to at some frequency. You know what, whatever that might be determined, or of course, we’re big advocates of, Hey, this is one of the many things that a financial planner can help you with. Like, I, I selfishly know that, hey, I’ve got Kim, uh, on our side, you know, in our corner, one of our CFPs, that like, I’m not thinking about risk.

You know, I’m not thinking about the rebalancing, you know, of course we’re constantly re [00:07:00] evaluating what are the goals, what’s the risk tolerance, what’s the risk capacity, but that aspect’s being taken care of as naturally market fluctuations will happen. So Tim, what accounts should people be thinking about here with rebalancing?

You know, perhaps the obvious people are thinking, Oh yeah, my 401k, but it’s, it’s bigger than that. Right, 

Tim Baker: Yeah, it’s pretty much all of your investment accounts. So, um You know, IRAs, HSAs, if you’re invested in your HSA, 401ks, 403bs, TSPs, brokerage accounts, um, you know, and, and, and to kind of drill down a little bit more, Tim, it’s not just like. You know, stocks and bonds. You, if you look in the equity side of your portfolio, you know, it could be that small, small cap has performed, you know, outperformed.

So, you know, we have to sell some off the, some of the small part, a small cap to maybe redeploy that to a merging market or an international exposure. So, um, but it really is anything that you have. You know, investments, right? Which could be IRAs, HSAs, [00:08:00] 401ks, brokerage account. Um, these are the, these are the accounts that you want to pay the most attention to.

Now, I would say that 401ks, Are typically less, there’s a less of a need to rebalance a 401k. And the reason for that is typically 401ks are contributing to every pay cycle. So if you get paid 24 times a year, every time some of your paycheck goes in, it’s almost like a natural rebalance, right? There’s still some drift there.

And it’s still important to look at this because oftentimes this is the biggest asset that many of us have outside of maybe a home. Um, so it’s a big asset on the, on the balance sheet that needs attention, but, but oftentimes you kind of have that natural rebalance because of how regular the contributions are made into your 401k.

Tim Ulbrich: And I would add to this, you know, you mentioned kind of the, the various accounts, right? So 401ks, IRAs, [00:09:00] TSBs, 403Bs, HSAs, 529s would fall in there, right? As well. If we’re,

Tim Baker: Yeah, 457s. Yep, exactly right.

Tim Ulbrich: I think too. It’s worth mentioning this. I’m thinking of the DIY or in particular where, where I often see this overlooked him that there’s a question behind this question that we can’t overlook.

Right? So the question we’re addressing is what is rebalancing? And we’ll talk some about the strategies, what accounts need rebalancing and ultimately how does that connect and relate to your risk tolerance and capacity, all important stuff. But the question behind that is like, Where are we going with these investment accounts?

What’s the overarching goal? What’s the target amount that we’re trying to achieve? And how are we balancing that with all these different goals? Once those decisions are made in those conversations happen, then within that, we can begin to think about, okay, how do we make sure we rebalance and keep on track with the plan that we set?

Tim Baker: Yeah, if you’re, [00:10:00] if you’re looking at a checklist of reviewing your financial plan. You know, this is probably item number

Tim Ulbrich: Right.

Tim Baker: and all of the other things, you know, that are going to be important of like, Hey, where are we at? Where are we going? What’s the purpose of this are the things that we talked about, you know, last year, the year before still important.

So, I, I think this is very much the technical after all of those really value based conversations and questions are answered, but it’s important all the same. Right? So I think that. You know, um, And this changes, right? So, so what, what your, there’s so many people are like, ah, like nothing’s going on. Like I got this, but I always like do the thought experiment is like, you know, even for us, Tim, if we look back at like two years ago, how much things have changed over these last two years.

And I think as humans, we, we think. We kind of, we kind of lose sight of that and we think that the next two years are not going to be, [00:11:00] you know, kind of laissez faire type of thing. So I think, I think, yeah, the, this is, this is a, an item on a long list of things that need to be answered. And I think it’s just important to ask that question, um, kind of do that mental azimuth of like, is this still kind of serving me and what I’m trying to accomplish with my financial plan?

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And I want to make sure to say that out loud and we don’t miss that because, you know, the thought that was coming to mind, Tim, that stimulated that, that comment was there’s a lot of work that has to be done to determine what percentage of our income are we saving and why are we saving it? And then within that conversation, what vehicles are we going to use?

And then within that conversation, there’s the risk tolerance, risk capacity rebalancing. So making sure we just don’t get lost in the weeds, right? Especially for people that are, that are DIY in this. Um, let’s talk. I keep throwing around these terms, risk tolerance, risk capacity, but so important, right?

Because that ultimately is going to inform What is your [00:12:00] asset allocation, which will then inform, what are we going to do with the rebalance? So talk to us about risk, tolerance, risk capacity, and then even a, uh, peek behind the curtain for those that are financial planning clients, how we handle this through something like an investment policy statement.

Tim Baker: Yeah. So the way that I simply put risk tolerance versus capacity, risk capacity is risk tolerance is a risk that you want to take. The risk capacity is the risk that you should or need to take. So I’ll give you an example, you know, I could be a 35 year old pharmacist and I, I could be very risk adverse, right?

So when I take a questionnaire about how I view my investments and how I view about money, I’m like, I just want to keep, you know, I don’t want to lose anything. I just want to, you know, I’m, I’m much more comfortable putting everything into a high yield savings account and, and, and doing my thing there.

The problem is, is because we know about things with inflation and. [00:13:00] Um, uh, taxes that we have to do more than the 3 percent or whatever high yield savings accounts paying these days. Like, we have to outpace inflation. We have to outpace. Um, if you’re 35 or 40 years old or younger, or even a little bit older than that, you have more capacity.

Take risk. If we’re thinking about it in terms of retirement planning, because I might have 30 years To invest. And the idea is that the longer time horizon that you have, the more capacity that you have to take risk because the more likely that that portfolio can recover over those 30 years. So as you get closer, I could be the most, you know, so I’m, I pretty much like pretty aggressive with my investments, but once I get to, if I’m going to retire at 65, once I get to 55 or 60.

I don’t have the capacity to take the [00:14:00] risk because my time is so short. So even though I’m aggressive, you know, I need to know I, in the back of my mind, I’m, I’m fighting what’s called sequence of return risk, where if my, if I’m 58 and I’m trying to retire at 60 and I’m super aggressive. And my portfolio, you know, drops by a third.

It’s hard for me to recover in a 22 year period. So risk tolerance is what you want to take. That’s kind of your emotional response. The risk capacity is what you should or need to take. And sometimes if you’re 50 years old, 60 years old, and you’re trying to retire in the next 5 or 10 years and you haven’t done much.

Your risk, you have, you know, you have to take more risk because you have no choice or you’re going to just be working forever. So there’s, there’s this Venn diagram, Tim, of what we kind of look at your risk tolerance, which is typically a result of a questionnaire that we do. And then we overlay the demographic of how much you have saved, what your age is, what’s your time horizon.

And we come to that asset allocation [00:15:00] of, you know, the magic percentage of stocks to bonds. And then to kind of answer your question, what we typically do, um, at YFP is we just have a one page document. We call this the investment policy statement. This is kind of our North Star of how we’re going to manage your investments, both the ones that we are managing at our custodian directly, but also held away investments, which are typically 401ks or 403bs that you’re contributing directly, you know, cause you’re still employed.

Um, so that investment policy statement is kind of like our instruction manual of how we’re going to, you know, what the asset allocation is, how we’re going to rebalance. You know, the, how you, how you have visibility yet that you’ll receive statements and all that kind of stuff. So it’s really kind of a, a, um, North star of how we’re going to handle the investments that gives us kind of a, a scalable way to manage millions of dollars for our clients, but also for the client to understand, okay, this is what the [00:16:00] team at YFP, this is how they’re, they’re handling, you know, my long term investments, et cetera.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and I think that helps people, especially if they’re new to that relationship, feel comfortable, like, hey, we’ve been through the evaluation of risk process. We’ve agreed upon these set of terms, but I’m also, in part, delegating. This work to the team I hired, but I’m delegating this work to the team that I hired within the sandbox we’ve agreed upon.

Um, which I think is, is really important. And I love your visual, the Venn diagram, right? Because I think it encompasses when we talk about risk capacity, risk tolerance. Yes. We’re thinking about the emotional part, how much risk can I stomach, but we’re also considering how much risk do I need to take Based on all these goals.

And that’s where a third party can really have a valuable role of like, let’s talk about both of those things and where there may be differences. Let’s have a conversation and kind of figure out what gives, right? Are we willing to push ourselves maybe a little bit in a direction that we weren’t thinking, or are we willing to adjust the goals?

Oh, [00:17:00] 2 people doing this partner spouses, thinking of others, you might have 2 different. Risk tolerances and risk capacities that you’re dealing with and to have those conversations can be really valuable.

Tim Baker: Yeah. And I think one of the things that I, you know, ultimately say, you know, when I was working with clients back in the day is at the end of the day, it’s your financial plan. So even though I might reckon, you know, you might come in at a seven 30, a 70 30, and I think that you can be more aggressive, you know, 90, 10, or even a hundred zero, you know, all equity portfolio.

I’ve had some clients will say, like, let’s start at 80 20. And then I just say, like, I’m just forewarning you every time we meet because you’re 28 or whatever it is, like, I’m just going to bring this up that. You know, we need to be more aggressive and, you know, ultimately clients might step into that over a couple of years because I think they realize it’s, it’s working smarter, not harder because again, typically the more conservative you are, the harder you have to work, i.

  1. save. Or work longer to kind of reach that [00:18:00] portfolio amount that we can have a sustainable paycheck. So, and that goes back to, you know, in the past, I’ve talked about aggressive Jane and conservative Jane and everything being equal and the delta between their portfolio after a 30 year career is significant.

Um, and the only thing that really changes is, is the asset allocation. So it’s 1 of the most powerful things. And I think, tending to that. IE through a rebalancing strategy over time is going to be really important as well. So, um, yeah, at the end of the day, you know, you have to feel comfortable, but I think what most people realize is.

Hey, even the portfolio goes down in 2025 and I’m retiring in 2055, who cares, right? It doesn’t matter. We’re not even going to remember that. And in fact, we’re going to probably have, you know, six, seven more of those. It’s just, is this, when we get to that eye of the storm close to retirement, um, that’s when we really need to be hyper focused and conservative on the, on the asset allocation.

So we don’t, you know, again, fall to sequence of return risk.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And it’s worth noting, Tim, especially for [00:19:00] newer investors, how you think you’re going to feel and how you actually feel might not always line up. Right. Until you go through a dip where you have a sizable amount of assets and kind of experience that. I do think some people go into that thinking. Hey, I’m in this for the longterm.

I can stomach it. And it market drops 30 percent and they still feel the same way. Like that’s fine. You know, I’m in it for the long run. I think other people might go into that with that mind, same mindset, see that number go down on their accounts. And all of a sudden there’s this gut feeling of, of like, whoa, I didn’t think this would impact me in the way it did.

Tim Baker: yeah. And, and sometimes that gut feeling leads to that whole idea that I talk about is like, I want to take my investment ball and go home. And then that could lead to really. Um, the word is not inappropriate, but really, um, unproductive decisions and actions with your portfolio when you’re selling into cash, then you start feeling a little bit better because the markets recover and then you buy back into the portfolio higher.

And it’s [00:20:00] probably 1 of the biggest mistakes that novice investors make. And it’s basically playing on our loss aversion that affects all of us. So.

Tim Ulbrich: Let’s go there to common mistakes investors make when rebalancing, you’re, you’re talking about one really important one right there. And specifically, I’m thinking about the DIY investor where, Hey, when the hands in the cookie jar, you know, we might, might make some mistakes or be more prone to making mistakes than we would be otherwise.

If, if we had, um, a financial planner advisor, someone in our corner kind of talking through some of these things. So what, what are some of those mistakes that folks should be. Aware of that. Hey, we can avoid these if, if at all possible related to rebalancing.

Tim Baker: Yeah, so I think it’s, it’s kind of what I just said is like that emotional reaction, um, to, to this, uh, or taking a short term view of a, of a portfolio that has a long term outlook. Um, you know, I think sometimes like, and rebalance in itself seems [00:21:00] unnatural because you’re taking your highest performing asset class, some of it selling some of it and putting it potentially in your lowest performing asset class.

So it feels weird. Um, Uh, you know, again, if you’re overwatching your portfolio, it could lead to you making irrational decisions to time the market, which we know over the course of a long investing career, you just can’t do. Um, You know, I think the other thing is not considering the shifts in risk tolerance over time.

Right? So if, if you set this and forget it early in your career, and then your mid career and late career, and you’re still in that same asset allocation, there’s a problem there. Um, and I think, I think the other thing too, that is kind of related to this, but tangentially so is. Like if you’re in, if you’re thinking like, oh, I’m going to target date fund.

I don’t have to worry about that. Like in my 401k, that is true to an degree. But the, the other thing is like, we’ve talked about like, not all HSAs or 401ks are create equal, not all target date funds are created equal. [00:22:00] So you could be in a 2060 target date fund. That’s actually too conservative to what you actually need to be in.

And even, you know, all of those as they lead up and they had to have this glide path of, you know, taking out equities and re you know, re um, reinvested in the, in the, Stocks and bond or, uh, bonds. It’s, it’s not necessarily lines up with what you’re thing, it’s all those, it’s the easy button. I would think.

I would say look at the fees and look at the, the actual asset allocation within that fund to make a good decision. Um, I also think not considering tax cons, consequences in certain accounts or chasing something because of a tax benefit. So the big, the big thing that we haven’t talked here, um, is like rebalance is, is different in a brokerage account versus a.

401k or an IRA. Um, and what I mean by that is we’ve always talked about like the, the tax benefits of a 401k or, or an IRA or a Roth IRA, the, in those accounts, [00:23:00] the money that is in those accounts is either tax going in, so that’s in the case of a Roth or tax going out, which is the case of the, the traditional, the, the added tax.

Um in a brokerage account is that when you buy and sell a Stock bond mutual fund inside of a 401k you pay no capital gains. So the growth is tax free, which is which is another benefit Um of those accounts inside of a brokerage account you’re paying capital gains on any gain or or loss Um in the side of those accounts.

So sometimes we do weird things because of tax Ramifications and I think it’s losing, not losing sight of that, you know, as well. And then, um, I think also kind of related to this, Tim is, is account location. So this is kind of related to rebalancing, but having a good amount of, you know, I just, we just signed on a client, um, recently that they’re in [00:24:00] their early forties, forties, they want to retire in their early fifties.

So they have about a decade left, but they have nothing in a brokerage account. Um, which is typically what we’re going to use for an early retirement paycheck. So this is kind of the do we have a Do we have enough in? Uh, a taxable pre tax than an after tax to basically build a sustainable paycheck. So not necessarily related directly to rebalancing, but important to know again, as you’re asking yourself those questions and we’re getting to that 80 second step of rebalancing that we, we could look at the situation and be like, our account location is off.

So we need to, we need to reallocate assets that way. And then obviously rebalance the portfolio in general. 

Tim Ulbrich: That’s a great example, right? Because that’s one of those in the weeds types of things where we can be, you know, neat, neat, deep, and trying to rebalance within an account, thinking about the asset allocation, maybe even trying to think about some of the tax benefits, especially if it’s not in a retirement account all the while, you know, bigger question of, Hey, might I.

Need these funds [00:25:00] prior to traditional retirement age. And do we have the right account locations? A really good example of, of the bigger, the bigger puzzle that we need to be thinking about.

Tim Baker: Yeah,

Tim Ulbrich: Last question I have for you here is on timing, Tim. So we’ve established that, Hey, once we set an Alice asset allocation based on risk tolerance, based on risk capacity, based on goals, that risks, that asset allocation will inevitably shift as the market does its thing over time, which then.

Puts in the, the need for what we’re talking about here, which is rebalancing. Um, so then the next natural question is, well, how often should I do that? Is this a once a year? Is this a twice a year? Is this a, it depends based on market volatility and you know, some seasons of the market may be more volatile than others.

What are your thoughts here on timing?

Tim Baker: yeah. So typically, the three common approaches to rebalancing is time based rebalancing, which is kind of what you’re talking about. So rebalance at regular interviews, you know, I quarterly, annually, maybe in semi annually, it could be [00:26:00] threshold based rebalancing, which is rebalancing when an asset class deviates from the target by a certain percentage.

So if it drifts 5 percent or 10 percent Transcribed by https: otter. ai Then we rebalance and then there’s a hybrid approach. So combining time and threshold methods for more flexibility back in the day, Tim, this was a concern because, um, and even, I think even today it’s a concern depending on how you’re invested is, um, you know, we, we would rebalance in, in my previous firm, we would rebalance like mutual funds.

We didn’t use ETFs, which is what we use now. And those would generate like. Ticket charge and commissions. Um, and some of the listeners might have heard of things called like churning where an advisor is kind of selling, not unnecessarily, but in a rebalancing to kind of earn a commission. Um, and even like even ETFs or stocks, anytime that you, you buy and sell, sometimes there’s a ticket charge.

Now, a lot of those have kind of gone to zero. So you’re able to, to do this kind of at will. [00:27:00] Um, Um, but that was a, that was a, that was a, something that you had to be aware of back in the day of either, you know, what’s the ticket charge related to the trade or like, what’s the commission that you’re going to pay an advisor?

Um, so obviously being fee only, we don’t earn commission since that’s not part of what we do. Um, today, a lot of these, a lot of these methods are going to be. Threshold based. Um, so if you’re working with a robo advisor, it’s going to, it’s going to look at a drift at a certain percentage and then basically realign you.

Obviously, you’re paying a fee for that, which you need to know what that is. Um, but we kind of do a hybrid approach of, of both. Um, you know, some people, Okay. Want to overdo this and rebalance this, you know, if you’re a tinkerer and that’s typically not the best approach. So I would say at a minimum, at a minimum, you know, at least once a year you should be looking at this and rebalancing back to a target percentage.

And again, having those conversations with yourself about, is this what I still want and need? And how is this best supported my financial plan?

Tim Ulbrich: [00:28:00] Awesome, Tim. Great, great stuff. Uh, appreciate your perspective as always. And for those that are listening and saying, Hey, I could use help with rebalancing asset allocation, making sure I’m thinking about my risk tolerance, risk capacity, and other investing goals, as well as other parts of the financial plan.

That’s what our team of fee only certified financial planners do at YFP. Again, we’re talking about a very narrow aspect of the financial plan and there’s so much more opportunity Beyond just this topic. As we look at all of the different parts of the financial plan, whether that’s investing in retirement planning, whether that be debt management, credit, estate planning, insurance, and so on.

So to learn more about what it means and what it would look like to work one on one with a YFP fee only certified financial planner, head on over to our website, yourfinancialpharmacist. com. You’ll see an option there to book a discovery call. We’d love to have an opportunity to talk with you, learn more about your financial situation.

You can learn more about our services and ultimately we can determine together. Whether or not there’s a good fit there again, your financial pharmacist. com and click on the link to book a [00:29:00] discovery call. Thanks so much for listening. Have a great rest of your week.[00:30:00] 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 396: Managing Money Together: Strategies for Couples


In this episode, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, and Tim Baker, CFP®, RICP®, RLP® dive into the challenges and rewards of managing money in a relationship.

Episode Summary

In this episode, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, and Tim Baker, CFP®, RICP®, RLP® dive into the challenges and rewards of managing money in a relationship.

They break down how different approaches—whether merging finances completely, keeping some things separate, or managing everything individually—can impact your financial harmony. Through real-life insights, Tim and Tim highlight the power of open communication, understanding each other’s money habits, and creating a shared financial vision. They also discuss when and how a neutral third party can help navigate tough conversations.

No matter where you are in your relationship—just starting out, engaged, or years into marriage—this episode offers practical advice to help you and your partner build a financial plan that works for both of you.

Key Points from the Episode

  • [00:00] Introduction and Setting the Stage
  • [00:56] Poll Results and Initial Reactions
  • [02:06] Cultural and Societal Influences on Financial Management
  • [03:21] Personal Experiences and Financial Dynamics
  • [04:36] Client Trends and Financial Planning
  • [08:06] Understanding Money Personalities
  • [21:11] Pros and Cons of Merged vs. Separate Finances
  • [30:42] Starting Financial Conversations
  • [31:43] Joint vs. Separate Accounts
  • [32:31] Managing Household Finances
  • [33:57] Setting Financial Goals
  • [35:45] The Importance of a Financial Plan
  • [36:47] Cultural Differences in Financial Planning
  • [40:20] The Role of a Third Party in Financial Planning
  • [42:25] Balancing Present and Future Wealth
  • [49:51] Creating a Shared Vision
  • [59:20] The Value of Financial Planning Services

Episode Highlights

“There is no one right way when  it comes to managing your finances with a partner, significant  other, or spouse.” – Tim Ulbrich [0:50]

“ The more we understand how we grew up around money and how that shapes the perspective we have today, the better chance we have to be able to come together and figure out what this plan looks like going forward.” – Tim Ulbrich [10:05]

“ What I think is best is everything comes into a joint account. So all of the paychecks come into a joint account. And then I think if you do have separate accounts, some dollar amount or some percentage of that can go to  an individual account for you to do whatever you want  with.” -Tim Baker [31:43]

“ If you’re always just living a wealthy life tomorrow, what’s the freaking point?” – Tim Baker [43:37]

“M ost financial planning firms and financial planners are making financial decisions without a vision. And that is backwards.” – Tim Ulbrich [50:24]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Tim Baker, good to have you back on the show.

Tim Baker: Good to be back. [00:01:00] How’s it going Tim?

Tim Ulbrich: It’s going well, Valentine’s day, right around the corner. And so it’s only fitting that we talk about love and money. And let me, let me just start, Tim, before we get into the weeds on this, that we are coming from our experience and perspective. And of course, we’re going to talk about a broader perspective, hopefully in different options that people can consider as they’re working with a significant other spouse or partner to manage their finances.

But inevitably. We have a bias of what has worked for us, right? For Jess and I, and for you and Shay. And so we’re going to try to broaden that perspective, but I think it’s important that we acknowledge that right up front and that there is no one right way when it comes to managing your finances with a partner, significant other, or spouse.

And Tim, I want to start by getting your take on a poll I recently. Posted on LinkedIn. And I asked the following question for those that are working with someone else on their finances, which of the following best describes your situation is everything merged or something’s merged, something separate, or is everything separate?

And about [00:02:00] half people said everything was merged. 40 percent said some merged, some separate, and about 10 percent responded that nothing was merged and everything was just separate. What, what are your thoughts on that? Does that match with what you hear typically from, from clients and prospects? Hmm.

Tim Baker: think that the The half of everything merged seems really high to me Like I didn’t I didn’t expect that at all. Um, and I think the the 10 percent um You know where nothing is in merge is merged seems pretty low to me

Tim Ulbrich: Interesting.

Tim Baker: I thought I thought that we would see more of an even dish like not an even distribution, but um, the the all merged Is something I don’t want to say I rarely come across but like I feel like the most common the most common is some merge some separate

Tim Ulbrich: Mm hmm.

Tim Baker: in my experience, so I was a little bit surprised when I saw that poll um but that was the outcome because again, I I think most I think [00:03:00] most and I think I think a lot of like our culture and just how like how we We operate these days of affects this right like we’re getting married later.

Tim Ulbrich: Mm hmm.

Tim Baker: you know, I know I’ve talked about my wife being brazilian like in her culture You you know You you live at home until you get married and I know that some some people here in the united states do that too right, so like um, I think some of some of like well just what’s going on with our Socioeconomics like it’s it’s has changed this but I think by and large I probably see more of a hybrid model Which I think we’ll talk about here in this episode

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. I think your point about, you know, timeline of when people get married or when they have a significant other spouse and that shifting is significant, you know, again, speaking from my perspective or Jess and I, we got married relatively young, 24. Uh, and so we didn’t, neither of us had really a strong process of our own.

Right. So it kind of made sense. And, and we’re in, I guess what you’re calling kind of that, that where a smaller group where everything is merged, [00:04:00] but that would have been very different. I think if we got married at 30 or 35, right. And we were doing things on our own for a while.

Tim Baker: Yeah, I think very, and then I also like, like divorce, right, too, if you’ve experienced that, like your, your, especially if there’s money things that have come out of like, you know, so I think if people have been in serious relationships, and then, you know, are not, and then are in another serious relationship later, like, I think, or, you know, I know, divorce can be traumatic, or just trauma with finances growing up, I know, you got one, just like things, you know, with your family business and things like that, I think there’s all paints, Part of how we, how we look at this.

Um, so yeah, I, I know there’s some people that have gone through, you know, relationships. It’s like, I’m, I’ll never merge again. You know, our finances, like it has to be separate. Now they’re still working and trying to row the boat in the, in the same direction, so to speak. But there has to be kind of a little bit of a separation for them to feel comfortable.

And I, I understand that. And again, it’s not necessarily [00:05:00] something that I’ve had to deal with personally, but. Um, I get where that, where that can come from.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And to be clear, this is not a scientific Gallup poll, right? This was a poll I just put out there and LinkedIn. I do think we had, I’ll have to go back and look. I think there was 150, 170 people that responded. So it was a sizable group, but certainly not representative of a larger group. Tim, the other thing I wanted to just get your pulse on, because you sit in front of prospective clients every day where you’re having conversations in a very intimate way about their finances as they try to Discover or learn more about our services, see if they’re a good fit.

And as a part of that, naturally you get a inside peek and everything that’s going on, you know, financially. And of course doing that confidentially is you aggregate some of those conversations. What, what are some of the trends that you are seeing? You know, is it what one person who’s typically initiating this conversation and they’re, you know, they’re dragging someone along to be there.

Is it maybe one person who’s making all the [00:06:00] decisions and the second person’s not there at all, or do you see. more cases where it’s, it’s really a shared decision making process to people present at the table.

Tim Baker: Yeah. And, and, and again, probably not an even distribution, but all of those things, Tim, like, I think there’s sometimes where, um, and there, I think there might be some gender dynamics at play and I don’t want to like, you know, uh, generalize or anything, but like. Sometimes it’s, you know, a lot of pharmacists are female, so it might be like, Hey, you know, I’ve been listening to you since like our P2 year on the podcast.

So they feel like they know me or know you, but obviously I’m the one mean with them. Um, and then they might tell their husband, we’ll call husband Brian, they might tell Brian that we’re mean with Tim, um, you know, like five minutes before we actually do, and they don’t know who I am from Adam. Right. So, um, You know, there’s some people that are that are both like in it and and most of the time when I asked a question Like hey, like when you hire a financial planner, like who is the decision maker?

Who are the stakeholders? Like a the overwhelming answer. It’s like it’s the two of us, right? We’re gonna be we’re gonna you know, [00:07:00] basically make this decision together now who takes point and who? Might be our main contact that can differ. Um It’s really really hard at least in in where with what we do to work and this is one of the things that happens a lot and i’m i’m i’m Sometimes unsure how to navigate where you know a person will book a meeting They said that i’m married, but i’m looking for a financial planner just for me And I think again we look at the whole picture.

Typically. We’re not looking at just like a project here and there We’re looking at a holistic kind of longitudinal relationship and sometimes it’s hard If the, if the partner isn’t represented in that. And I, I would say at a minimum, like I want, I need, we need to know like what the joint balance sheet is, right?

We know that like retirement accounts, they’re always individualized. You have an IRA in your name, Tim, right? Uh, you know, there’s a 401k in, you know, Shay’s name, like that type of thing. Like those are not joint accounts. Um. But we want the joint, we want the individual and the [00:08:00] shared balance sheet there, and then we also want like the shared goals, right?

What are we, and again, you could have a goal of, I want to do this and this, and Jessica would have a goal. I want to do that and that, and then we can have shared goals. And I think those have to be in the plan or we’re not really not doing you justice. Right? So all of the things that you mentioned, um, are.

Are are present right and I try to weed out people that are going to be less engaged because again like We want people that are engaged that take our advice for the most part You know, we we feel like the advice that we give is in your best interest. That is the client’s financial plan um But you know both partners are are somewhat, you know plugged into what’s going on but uh, yeah, it can be all over the map right and um You know, it’s just interesting to see how people approach.

And, um, again, people have, I don’t know if we talk about this, but people have different money personalities in terms of how they view money, you know, what, how they’re raised [00:09:00] around money, what is the vocabulary for money, like all that kind of stuff. And again, some, some of that could just be inherent to how, you know, how they are, it could be also like the environment in which they grew up in.

Tim Ulbrich: And I wanna start there, Tim, because I think before we talk about strategies or ways that people may think about. Working on their finances together. I think it’s so important that we first just recognize and understand and reflect on how did we grow up around money? And, you know, what I, what I call kind of know thyself in terms of the money personality, because when you bring two different money personalities together.

Right. Even if you end up having accounts that are, let’s say, completely separate or some combination of merge or separate, and we’ll talk about that more detail here in a little bit, inevitably, there’s going to be conversations where things start to overlap. You mentioned kind of shared goals and visions, and we all come with different money perspectives that shape our money personalities that we have today and what I have found, and I’m making this sound much easier [00:10:00] than it is for the sake of just the time on the podcast, like Jess and I came from very different money personalities.

And it took us a while. I think to really be able to articulate that out loud and say, Hey, these are the strengths that I bring to the table growing up in this environment. And these are the weaknesses that I bring to the table growing up in this environment. And I really felt like that took the pressure off some of the conversation that, you know, we can think about, Hey, because we grew up in this environment and our family maybe budgeted this way, or in my finance, my, my household growing up, everything was merged and I have vivid memories.

Of how my parents did the budget and the conversations and how the small business was a part of that conversation. Of course, that shaped the perspective that I bring good and bad right perspective. And so I think I want to get your thoughts on that because my experience, my personal experience says the more we understand how we grew up around money and how that shapes the perspective we have today, the better chance we have to be able to come together and figure out what this plan looks like [00:11:00] going forward.

Tim Baker: Can I, can I put you on the hot seat, Tim? I’m interested to see, like, cause I, I view again, working with you and Jess in the past, like I view you guys as kind of like similar. In terms of like money, if you don’t mind, like walk, walk us through, like, it might, maybe this will be a good way to kind of talk a little bit about the money personalities and like what those are, but like, where, where, where do you see you?

Because so when I think about many personalities, like the umbrella, and I’ve talked about this before, is you kind of have that person that is like open hand, like more of the spender, right? And underneath that, I think that’s the. The spender, um, the risk taker, and then the other umbrella is the closed hands that people are just like saving, you know, are afraid to part with their dollars.

So that’s typically the security seeker, the saver, and then the, the, the, the person that’s kind of in the middle is the flyer, which they’re kind of more like laissez faire, like money is a thing. Like, I don’t necessarily [00:12:00] worry about it too much. It’s very easy going. And you’re kind of like. in the middle somewhere, right?

So walk me through, if you don’t mind, like what, where do you, where would you say you kind of were and then where Jess, Jess was in, in, in those, uh, you know, in the, in those personalities?

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. Let me reference for, for people that are interested in learning more about what you’re talking about. There’s several assessments out there, but what one that matches up with the terms that Tim’s using. Around like saver, spender, flyer, risk taker is called the five money personalities quiz. And we’ll link to that in the show notes as well.

I’ll say that I think where we have similarities, let’s start there as we, we both grew up in households where the finances were merged. Um, and we both grew up in households where I would say there was shared decision making, but one person who was clearly taking the lead. With the finances and so that that’s the similarities.

I think we’re coming with um For for better or for worse. I I would say I grew up in a household that was uh, [00:13:00] very frugal There was more of a scarcity mindset around money and very much a focus on Saving for the future trying to do everything that we can to plan and prep for the future now Some of that I think comes from growing up in a small business.

Like I have vivid memories In conversations that my parents were having, you know, I remember my mom talking about, Hey, how hard my dad is working in the business. And, you know, we, we necessarily can’t do a, B or C. Because we’re trying to save up for this vacation a year or two years in the future. I remember my mom talking about, Hey, we’re able to go on this vacation that, that we maybe did once a year, once every other year, but it was paid for by coupons and clipping coupons.

And I remember mom kind of worked in the coupons on the living room floor. Right? So those are core memories. You know, I think of inside out, right? Core memories like, and I have carried those very much in. To the way I have approached money for, for better or for worse. I think the, I think the frugality has real benefits, but I have really struggled and have had to work [00:14:00] hard to evolve and have had to have your help and the planning team’s help and Jess’s help to really get outside out of that future only mindset and that scarcity frugality mindset to loosen the reins and ask some of the questions of like, what’s the, so what if today, and how do we find this balance, right?

Of living the rich life today and in the future. And I think on the flip side, Jess. I would say grew up in a family environment where there was some stress and fear and anxiety, uh, around the money, but I think there was, uh, more of an openness to the present moment and, uh, some of the experiences that are in front of us today.

But on the flip side, there was some of that scarcity mindset towards the future. Uh, as well, but there was definitely more of a present that I think she really brings that perspective today, where, where I’m kind of balancing us out to think about tomorrow. She’s really helping us focus in the present.

Tim Baker: yeah, and I think, I think, you know, sometimes I think people think that like if you have [00:15:00] multiple personalities in a, in a planning relationship, like, so if you, if you think about the security seeker, you know, someone who values stability, planning, uh, long term financial security and the saver, you know, they have satisfaction saving money and minimize the expenses.

Like, that end of the spectrum, I think, goes a long way in a financial plan, but I think it’s good to be counterbalanced by a spender, someone who views money as a tool for enjoyment, convenience, um, maybe some immediate gratification, YOLO, I’ve kind of talked about this with my own journey, like, I’ve kind of Going back and forth on this risk taker, right?

That might be someone because again, like it’s funny you say that because like the growing up in my household Like if you ran a business like you’re a risk taker if you’re an entrepreneur, you’re a risk taker, right? And maybe not so much right? So risk taker thrives on opportunity Adventure and potential for big financial rewards and again that flyers, you know money’s not a central focus they prioritize other values like [00:16:00] Relationships or passions.

Um, I think it’s good to have, I think if you have all of one thing, if you have two savers or two people, security seeker, you’re, you’re a mess and a fortune hopefully, but for the purpose of what? Right. If you have someone that again opens the hand is spending or taking, you know, big swings and risking it all, you know We want to avoid having to like bag groceries in the future So I think having having that balance in a relationship is good And I think this changes over time like I mentioned, you know I grew up and again, my mom was a teacher.

My dad made some more money. We, we, we were fine. Right. But like my mom did the coupon thing and we scrimped and we saved. And when, if we did go out, it was, you know, we’d order a meal, no, no, no drinks, no desserts. Right. Um, so like, and they put a lot of their money into the house and like where our family spent time.

And, you know, growing up, I was in charge of [00:17:00] like, you need to get to a certain age. I was, I was working like in Russia. I was never allowed to work. Yeah. On a school night. So I’d work on the weekends. I was, I worked at an Irish restaurant where I grew up, but it was like, Hey, if you want to buy a car, like that’s on you, pal.

Like if you want insurance or gas, you know, if you want certain items, that’s on you. So I kind of, you know, fell in line with my mom who was a saver. Um, but then I, when I went into the army and nine 11 happened and it was kind of like Yolo, right? Like it was, I don’t really know if tomorrow’s going to happen.

So like that shaped. Yeah. More where I was more of a spender, right? And then I think I got positives and negatives from both things. And, and, you know, I, I’m kind of at where I am now, which is probably somewhere in the middle, I wouldn’t say I’m a flyer cause I kind of think of that as more maybe like, you know, off, but I would say I look more to the long term and, and Shay, as I’ve said on this as more like, bro, we have kids like,

Tim Ulbrich: This is the

Tim Baker: have one, yeah, this is the season.

We have one shot at this life. And I’ve kind of come around to that [00:18:00] too, because. You know, I do think that because we’re planning and we’re doing the things that we do and, and again, the numbers are, are, um, confirmed by our plan. Like, I feel more at ease. And more, um, um, comfortable spending, spending money, like, you know, especially if it’s for those things that, you know, um, are for our family and, and experiences and things like that.

But this is a hard thing too. And I, like, so we talk about the person that was, I don’t know if a lot of us just have the vocabulary ourselves to have the conversation conversations with ourselves about money versus having it with a. Uh, uh, a person, you know, that you’re in a relationship with, like, we don’t have the vocabulary ourselves.

So how can we expect, especially if we come from different places to be able to, you know, have the conversation, have the vocabulary or ask the right questions. Because again, like, you know, growing up, like money was kind of a taboo thing. Like, I never talked to my parents about how much [00:19:00] money they made, or how we, like, we never really talked, I know we would save, and I think we knew that money was a scarce thing, but, like, we didn’t really talk openly about it, um, and I think that, you know, that not having those conversations is a big deal too, so.

I think that’s why this is really important. This, this topic is really important. It’s, and it’s apropos, we’re doing this around, you know, Valentine’s days because it’s, it’s difficult for ourselves, let alone introducing a completely, you know, new set of beliefs and that type of

Tim Ulbrich: Mm hmm. So, first of all, I need you to stop hitting on people that are bagging groceries. Cause that was my first job and my, my favorite job. Uh, I loved it. I loved it. Like every time I go to the grocery store, I get to get the warm and fuzzy still. Like, I don’t know. There’s just something about like the methodical nature of it.

And I felt like it taught me a ton around communication skills, dealing with people like my mom that show up with their box of coupons. And I’m like, Oh my gosh, this is going to take forever. Right. Not now you just scan like an app and it has all [00:20:00] your coupons

Tim Baker: Yeah.

Tim Ulbrich: but, um, I loved it and I’ll give my boys a hard time every once in a while.

I’ll, I’ll throw out a produce code off the top of my memory. It’s

Tim Baker: No way.

Tim Ulbrich: presses them every time. Yeah. It’s awesome. Well, I used to impress them. They’re getting too old for

Tim Baker: So did you like it because it was kind of like Tetris too? Like, like bagging

Tim Ulbrich: yeah. Like I, I can’t stand how kids these days, right? Bad groceries, like so inefficient, so inefficient, but

Tim Baker: man. Maybe, maybe we need to get you, uh, back, back. I mean, the whole point of, of, uh, financial plan is hopefully to have to avoid that, Tim. So you don’t have to moonlight. But maybe a, but maybe no hate. Maybe that’s a, maybe that’s a good kind of a sunset job. I mean, I could see, I could see that being a cool job, especially you’re talking to people.

Um, no hate on

Tim Ulbrich: I liked it.

Tim Baker: my end. Yeah.

Tim Ulbrich: So fun fact for the YFP community, my IPMs, which is the items per minute. That’s the KPI for the cashiers. My IPMs were top at the top [00:21:00] supermarket in Western New York. So fun

Tim Baker: Whoa. That’s a quite, quite the, quite the flex.

Tim Ulbrich: but I, I think your point about emotional vocabulary is, is so important, right? Because my experience, Tim tells me that. When the emotional vocabulary isn’t there to be able to first identify yourself, where does some of these money scripts come from to then be able to initiate a conversation? This comes out sideways, right?

And I can think about some early experiences in our marriage where, you know, might, might lead to passive aggressiveness or, you know, internalizing some of what really is underneath that, which is the scarcity or the fear or the other things that has nothing or almost nothing to do with what actually is being spent.

But it’s activating an emotion that may be related to how we were brought up financially and, and being able to put a name to that, I think is so important. So let, let’s shift gears. We talked at the beginning about in terms of, of managing, [00:22:00] practically managing accounts and month to month finances, whether it’s credit cards, checking accounts, you know, some, some partners, some couples decide to have everything separate.

Some decide to merge everything and then others do a little bit of both. And from a high level, what, what do you see as the pros and cons to those approaches and functionally, like what, what does that potentially look like? And I’m, I’m specifically thinking about the group that maybe you said is the, is probably the largest group that has some merge and some separate.

How, how does that practically work?

Tim Baker: Yeah. So we divide these into three groups. We’ll, we’ll kind of go through the completely merged, the completely separate and then the hybrid. So I think if we look at the completely, the completely merged, I think some of the pros. For that group is simplicity and transparency, right? You know when one hand is washed on the other type of thing so you’re managing One a set of accounts to track expenses.

It makes budgeting and saving a lot easier Um, you know, I think full visibility can [00:23:00] foster Trust and reduce the chances of surprises Um, I think it’s easier to kind of align your financial goals. So it encourages more of a teamwork approach um You know, whether it’s a big goal or even something that’s, you know, less so, um, I think it promotes regular conversations.

Like, Hey, can you transfer that, you know, or can you, can you make sure that the money’s there? Because this bill is coming out, um, and it helps partners are on the same page. Um, I think it increases efficiency in, in money man, management. I know one of the things I was jealous about that you said, where you’re taking a lot of those like, um, uh, expenses that you always had, you know, we had to buy paper towels every three months or whatever.

And you’re like automating that with like, Amazon or whatever it is like in my house. So I couldn’t really do that because kind of shade takes care of that. So it’s kind of out of sight, out of mind for me. Right. Um, it could be with managing debt, you know, if you’re again, everything is, if you, if you have a shared credit card that, you know, kind of got out of whack, you’re seeing it, you know, together, um, and even investments again, most, most, [00:24:00] most of it, uh, retirement accounts are, are separate, but you know, you can, you can have joint investments.

Um, I think it helps streamline things like the redheaded stepchild of the financial plan estate planning. Um, that people often, you know, forget about if a partner becomes incapacitated, it’s easier to find stuff. Um, you know, and I think just easier during like life transition. So again, in the case of an emergency, um, a death, hopefully not, you know, the, the surviving partner has immediate access to all funds without any legal hurdles.

I think the cons here are, and I think this is probably the big thing is like loss of financial autonomy. So where, you know, like, hey, I was a grown up. I got my big boy job, big girl job. I’ve been kind of living on my own. And all of a sudden, um, Mary, I’m getting married and you want me to like combine everything like that.

It feels restrictive. I don’t I don’t like that. Um, I feel I feel controlled and that can lead to conflicts and spending habits and things like that. Um, [00:25:00] I think it could be potential for like power imbalances is like if one partner earns significantly more and everything is joint, they might feel entitled to have more control or, you know, the tiebreaker and that could create tension.

Um, the, the, I’ve definitely seen this where the lower earning partner might feel guilty about spending, so they don’t, they, they themselves don’t feel like they’re on the same level because. You know, they feel like that what they’re bringing to the table is not equitable. Um, could be conflicts over spending priorities.

So just, you know, the spender versus the saver can lead to frequent agreement, uh, agreements, disagreements where, you know, if you have kind of your separate playgrounds, your separate accounts that maybe that’s less so. Um, and then complications again, in case of divorce or separation, um, you know, Things, things like that, you know, and, and there’s probably a risk there too.

Like if one partner is less financially responsible, their actions can negatively impact both partners, credit scores and financial stability. So that’s

Tim Ulbrich: merged, right.

Tim Baker: Yeah, if they’re merged, so that would probably be the pros [00:26:00] and cons for the, for the merge. If they’re separate, the pros for it being separate is I think you maintain that financial independence that a lot of people kind of establish for a number of years, maybe before they get married.

Like you said, you and Jess were really young when you got married, right? I was, I was older. Um, you know, it’s simplifies, uh, personal spending. So I think like if you have hobbies or gifts, or I just want to spontaneously buy Shay a gift. I don’t want her to see that on a credit card statement.

I feel like this happens for us at like Christmas where I’m like, I’ll see something on Amazon, but she sees everything that we buy. So it’s like, there’s no surprise. So I’ll just say like, don’t look at the Amazon

Tim Ulbrich: to go take cash out. Although

Tim Baker: Yeah, yeah, exactly. Yeah. She’s like, why are you taking cash out? Like, you know, are you, you know, what are you buying?

Um, it could potentially. Yeah, yeah, exactly. Yeah, that’s those are few and far between. Um, it can reduce those power imbalances. So you’re avoiding situation where one feels partner, one, one partner feels dominant, um, easier in the case [00:27:00] of divorce or separation. Again, we don’t plan for that. Um, and again, potentially protects against financial mismanagement.

I know there we’ve had people that we’ve worked with shades as she has experienced this. I had to a degree where a partner Runs up a huge credit card bill. And if you’re on that account, like you’re on the hook. Um, so cons for completely separation is increased complexity with managing shared expenses, right?

So there’s more coordination when you’re, you’re split in household bills, who pays for what some people, and they can do this. In either scenario, but you have some people that will live off of one income and everything The other income is is is cream. It’s you know, so that doesn’t matter but like it could be there um, there could be potential secrecy and mistrust like You know, sometimes we get scared of something that we don’t understand or see.

So, you know, that, that could be there. I think it takes more of a lift to have alignment in financial goals. Um, it could be inequity and kind of the lifestyle contributions of like, how are [00:28:00] we, how are we doing this? Cause again, in this model, a lot of it is, um, completely separate. So like, if I’m just paying for the electric bill, but you’re paying for the mortgage, like, how does

Tim Ulbrich: do we work that out? Yeah.

Tim Baker: and more complicated in emergencies, that type of thing. So that would be the second, the second bucket. And then probably the most common that I see is kind of some merged, some separate. So the pro here is you kind of get the best of both worlds. You have, you have some financial independence with the benefits of shared financial management.

Um couples can maintain autonomy over personal spending while working together on joint goals So you kind of have you know the venn diagram so to speak you have you know And I think that again, I think for the most part the venn diagram that shared shaded area should be the Biggest and then you have like the outlier of kind of your own maybe accounts um simplified shared expenses Encourages healthy communication.

So couples still need to discuss and agree on contributions um Promotes transparency, but also allows you to [00:29:00] have, you know, a little bit of space Um reduce financial stress. I think the cons here is again. You still have that potential for financial imbalance Um, there’s still complexity in the money management if you’re again managing multiple accounts I think you still have a risk of you know, what’s yours versus ours and then how does that does that create?

A space or, uh, an arm’s length in your, in your marriage, um, and then I think less financial, you know, visibility and things like that. I think regardless of approach, no matter where you, and I, and I think more so than others, like it’s clear communication. Right. So sometimes you’re clearly communicating by default.

So if I have, everything’s like shake and see, she knows that I can, I just spend a hundred dollars on a bottle of Brown, right? And she’s like, dude, what, what the

Tim Ulbrich: She’s used to it by now.

Tim Baker: she’s used to it. So I think clear communication, regardless, I think regular check ins, you know, scheduling periodic financial discussions.

And again, sometimes that’s with the help of financial planner. I [00:30:00] also think that you doing that as a couple is really important. I think clear agreements and setting expectations of, of how things are going to be split or whatever that looks like can prevent conflicts. I kind of think of our partnership charter like, hey, if these things happen, this is what we’re going to do.

I think those are important. And then just being flexible. I think the, the key to any financial plan is not the, you know, nothing is poured in concrete. Right. We need to have flexibility because Things change. Life changes, right? And it is, you know, I’m sure the listeners have heard this, me say this, it’s about planning.

So that’s for you, Corey, planning with an I N G, not the plan, right? Like, cause the plan, once we have it, something happens in the world and you know, the plan goes out the door. So it’s about, it’s about the process of planning.

Tim Ulbrich: Tim communication, and we’re going to come back to talking about the value of a third party. I know it’s something Jess and I have benefited from Tremendously, um, and so we’ll talk about the role is but in terms of couples and [00:31:00] communication, you know, whether you’ve been married for 20 years whether you’re been together for 10 and you’re not married, whether you’re, you know, just started dating.

I think there’s a space for some of these conversations regardless of your situation. And we compile the list of 25 financial discussions for couples. If people want to download that guide, your financial pharmacist. com forward slash a 25. And I often joke with people like, Hey, this is a third party list, right?

So if you’re wanting to start some of these conversations, you know, it’s not, it’s not me coming with the ammo. It’s the, Hey, I read about this. I heard about this on a podcast. We should have these conversations, which, you know, jokingly, but I think that that speaks to some of the value, uh, of the third party.

Hey, give me a visual on the Venn diagram. Cause I do think for a lot of people. That resonates you talked about some merge some separate and in your opinion, you know You want to see that center part to be the the largest part knowing everyone’s situation is different So, you know that might be something like [00:32:00] 70 percent merge 15 15 60 20 20 right something along those lines, but there’s of course variations of that like it is Is all the money coming into the central and then we’re dividing the percentages or are we waiting it, you know, according to what we make.

So, you know, if we’re both contributing toward the mortgage payment, but one person makes 70 percent of the household income, you know, are we contributing equally? Or is it weighted any more details? You can share on that of what you’ve seen people do.

Tim Baker: . What I think is best is everything comes into a, a joint account. So like all of paychecks come into a joint account. And then I think if you do have like separate accounts, some dollar amount or some percentage of that can, you know, go to a, um, an individual account for you to do whatever you want with.

Right. I think what most people do, because again, I think it’s, it’s, you know, the, the inertia of this is here. It’s like, I think what most people do is they put, they [00:33:00] get paid in their normal accounts and then they feed into a joint account. That’s what Shay and I do. And I have always kind of complained about that.

And I think it got to a point, cause again, she’s experienced things in her own life that I think, you know, we are a team and I have no, but like, I think it’s just more of a comfort thing for her. Um, You know, but I don’t even know what the percentage, you know, essentially the way we do and we kind of follow with no budget budget and like we look at all of our expenses and basically she, she’s the tracker, you know, I’m the financial planner, but she actually does all this like so she has a spreadsheet that she says, okay, you know, Zoe’s now in daycare that’s costing us a million dollars a week.

Um, you know, we have this project coming up or whatever. And she basically says, this is how much money you need to put in every paycheck. Right. And then I always push the envelope with like, okay, what are we saving for, for vacations? What are we saving for retirement? Like that’s my role in all of this.

So she kind of does the. the kind of like what is it to run the household and then [00:34:00] we kind of talk about our goals or our major projects and I kind of shared with you how we kind of get up like get the Priority of things and then that’s what we essentially do, right? So that works for us again I think if it were up to me, I would be more of a hey into the joint and then maybe some money out to an individual The percentage is again very widely Um, but I think that for for us, it works because again, it allows me to kind of do some things that have interest that I know she would roll her eyes at.

And I’m just like, you know, she’s like, you know, kind of not absent from that. But I, I look at it as as long as we’re taking care of those. Shorten medium term goals in terms of how we operate the household. And then I know that, hey, we’re maxing out retirement, that’s not even hitting the paycheck, or we’re maxing out an HSA or an IRA, like as long as the, and, and we’re funding, you know, that trip that we’re going on next and we, we calculate that’s gonna be X amount of dollars.

Um, and typically what we just do is we just say, Hey, this is [00:35:00] what we’re paying on the, you know, spending on vacations. We divide that by 12 or or 24, we put that number in and then the, the following year we just kind of check in. We like. Hey, we had to like reach into our pocket a little bit more because mickey mouse is super expensive or or not typically for things like that We’re continuing to push the envelope in terms of what we are saving Um, so having those sinking funds, um, and sometimes we’ll have to you know, they’re not necessarily Um emergencies, but we’ll have maybe we’ll move some money around in our sinking funds that that makes sense So that’s kind of what we do.

I think a lot of um clients They do some version of that in, especially the hybrid clients where it’s mainly like we have separate accounts and we put X amount of dollars in and that’s how we spend our bills. But I think there’s, there’s levels to this in terms of like what’s comfortable. Again, like I feel like if I had my druthers, like I would just have everything joint kind of like you and Jess, but you know, again, it’s a, it’s a little bit different dynamic I think in terms of where we come, where we come from.

Tim Ulbrich: [00:36:00] Yeah. Yeah. And I want to make sure I recap to understand and so our audience can understand as well. So you guys have. Uh, paychecks coming to individual accounts, then you fund through Shea’s kind of monthly process and tracking. You fund the joint account. Um, Shea’s kind of boots on the ground month to month tracking.

What do we need to be doing short term? And then together you’re working on some of the prioritization of the goals. And then you’re pushing some of the conversation of, of the long term. Am I tracking? Okay, cool. And there’s something there that you said, I want to make sure we don’t brush by that is so important where I see a lot of stress and anxiety and frustration and arguments coming in is in the absence of understanding what those goals are long term, short term midterm, and whether or not we’re on track to achieve those.

That to me becomes a space where things get dynamic to say the least. Right. Because, you know, when you talk about like, Hey, we’re, we’re going to see Mickey mouse and we’re, we’re [00:37:00] planning for a, B or C and we’ve got a bucket and it’s the Mickey mouse bucket and we’re planning for it or longer term things like retirement or, and days gone by, you guys were buying the RV, right?

Whatever are those shared goals, if you know what they are and whether or not you’re on track or a progress for them, to me, that just alleviates so much. Of the financial stress and pressure that can come, uh, it’s in the absence of knowing that where I think that uncertainty causes the anxiety and the feelings of, of overwhelmed.

That can be the divide to getting on the same page.

Tim Baker: Yeah, like I always joke around that You know Shea is definitely more of and again, like I think culturally like the idea of saving for retirement is very foreigner because in brazil You kind of just work and then you have a pension like it’s very different. So Like trying to get her on board with that has been harder.

And again, she looks at our young family and she knows that the time is now to really, um, [00:38:00] enjoy them and, and, and the experiences. And, you know, I, I keep joking around with her because I’m like, one day, you’re going to get to a certain age where you can start to see retirement. And you’re going to say, Oh, like Tim, you’re so wise.

For, you know, basically, you know, getting me to put, you know, max out my 401k or

Tim Ulbrich: Words that will not come out of Shea’s

Tim Baker: it will never come out of her mouth, but she will eventually wake up one day and might think that, you know, so, um, so, but I, but I take solace in the fact that, again, knowing the plan and knowing, like, Most people you ask, like, are you on track for retirement?

They’re like, I don’t know. Like I, there’s a calculator when I sign into my 401k that tells me, which I, which I think is very like irresponsible if I can throw that out there because like. You know, Shay, like going through, I’m sharing all the, like the emotional conversations that, but like Zoe, our youngest is 10 months old and she just started going to daycare.

We [00:39:00] had a, um, a live in nanny, an au pair. And if you finally got to the point where we did this, this didn’t work out. So we’ve gone through this emotional thing of like transitioning Zoe to the. Um, to daycare, and that invites an extra expense and, um, sickness and all the, all this stuff, right? And, um, and the emotional sides of that, and, you know, Shay will exasperate it through this process.

Like, oh, I wish I could just stay home and, like, just be with my baby. And I’m like, well, you can. It just means that we have to, like, make changes. Like, we have to tighten the belt a lot. And, um, It’s the same thing with retirement. Like, like you can, a lot of us, if we’re living off of beans and rice and our living expenses are low, like you can retire.

Right. It’s just maybe not a like the lifestyle that you are. But I think like, I know that we are like, I know being more of the longterm planner, like that we’re doing well. Right. And that’s not to say it’s always going to [00:40:00] be like that because things come in cycles and, you know, jobs changes and things like that.

But where we’re at and what we’re doing. Yeah. Yeah. I feel really comfortable. And to be honest, like the rest of it, it really doesn’t matter where it goes. Like we want to, we have the same values that we want to spend it on our family or right now it’s on our house. Um, so like I don’t, I don’t think twice about that because I really, I trust in the plan.

You know, I trust the process to, um, take that adage. And if I didn’t though. You know, it’s the same thing we talk about like student loans or retirement plan and like, unless you have the math, like you have, you have emotions related to money, but unless you have the math to confirm or deny that you’re kind of flying blind.

Right? So like, I have the math and I know that what we’re doing is, is going to set us up for the future. So I don’t care if we spend money, even though that’s not necessarily my money personality. I don’t care if we spend money today. Um, yeah. So I think, [00:41:00] again, it goes back to having a plan and plan in because things consistently change.

And if you don’t have that, and I think again, a lot of, of tension and, and disagreement and, you know, and I, and I think having, I think having these discussions one on one, but I think having them with an objective third party that knows your balance sheet and knows your goals is very, very powerful. And sometimes.

I can, I can say something to Shay, like, why are you like this? Or why do you think this way? Um, and I’m asking the wrong accusatory question or says somebody that is a professional can, and, you know, they can ask some more neutral sounding questions to kind of get to. How does she think about money versus how do I think about money in a non judgmental way?

And again, that goes back to like, a lot of us don’t have the vocabulary or know what questions to ask because we just, we’re not raised like that and we just don’t, don’t know.

Tim Ulbrich: Let’s talk more about that in the value of a third part. I think we’re dancing around it, [00:42:00] but you’re getting, you’re giving a really good example. Um, you know, when we talk about something like nest egg and retirement and I, and if Jess were here, I think she would say as much that for her, like there’s the numbers in the Excel sheet and then there’s the reality of the feelings.

Right. And when retirement is a question mark is an unknown is a, I never think there’s going to be enough. That very much informs how we feel today and how we act, whether or not that’s based on reality. And so I think this is one example where having a third party involved can not only take us jointly through an exercise.

You know, versus me punching in numbers and saying, Hey, look at the sheet. Look at the sheet, look at the sheet. Like let’s walk through this together and challenge the assumptions, but then also include the emotional piece of, Hey, like I recognize that this says we’re on track and perhaps we’re even over saving, which is a conversation we’ve talked about before on the show.

All the while we’re feeling the pressure [00:43:00] today of, Hey, I wish there was some more cash around to experience the things that we want to experience with the boys, well, maybe there could be. Right. Because of what we’re, we’re doing for the future. So to me, that’s just one, one example. And if you want to pay back off that, or otherwise where you’ve seen having a third party, of course, we’re biased in what we do in the planning where it can be so valuable and helping partners work together.

Tim Baker: Yeah, we just signed on a new client recently that, you know, she’s podcast forever and, you

Tim Ulbrich: Shout out.

Tim Baker: Yeah, much, much love for the support. And the big reason that she came, she finally booked an appointment with us was because she just recently found out that her grandparents are gonna be leaving a pretty sizable amount of money to, um, her parents.

And she’s kind of, and she’s, she’s kind of taking advice from like the family. It’s like, save, save, save, like max out your retirement. And they’re feeling the tightness in like the, the day to day of having young kids and a [00:44:00] family and things like that. And she’s like, for what? Like, so that I can pass on millions or hundreds of thousands of dollars to like, what’s the, like, why?

Like, I don’t want to repeat that. Like I want. That balance of I want to live a wealthy life today And she kind of called you out of like that’s kind of what you say live a wealthy life today a wealthy life tomorrow Um, like there’s balance there. So if you’re always just living a wealthy life tomorrow, what’s the freaking point?

Right? What’s the point of? Of taking on this debt or earning this income or or or having a family like you want to make sure that That you know, you got one crack at this and I think for her it was like i’m i’m maxing everything else out and if I told Like if if I if I were to whisper like i’m not going to do this anymore like her family would think she’s crazy I’m like, well, they don’t know you, right?

They don’t know like the, like, it’s just like, oh, like, you know, I should pay off my student loans as quick as possible, or I should invest like this. It’s kind of that water cooler. I should, I should, you know, I should get, I should [00:45:00] claim Social Security this way, like that water cooler, like that. They don’t know your balance sheet.

They don’t know your goals. They’re trying to help you as best they can, but like, that’s not advice. So, and we’ve had clients that have done those things that I’m like, well, maybe we don’t need to do that anymore or right now, right? Maybe when we, when we build a plan, we see that there’s room there for you to take care of Tim and Jess in 2025 and maybe not so much Tim and Jess in 2065.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah.

Tim Baker: And that’s okay, right? Um, but I think, I think sometimes having these conversations, whether they’re the discovery meetings to see if, if like we’re a good fit for, from a, from a planner to a client perspective, or when I used to do what the planning team does a lot better than what I did, like the scripter plan meetings, where there’s a lot of emotion there in both of those meetings, probably more so in the scripter plan where we’re talking about, you know, asking very pointed questions about like, like what are, what are the things that matter to you most?

And I remember those. [00:46:00] Meetings, there was tears, there was kind of the, the one partner like crane in their neck at their other partner, because they’re saying something, they had no idea that they felt, or it was a passion of theirs. Um, and I think that goes back to just not having the vocabulary or sometimes I always talk, I always tell the story of when I got out of the army, I was working in a where I was working.

Uh, I worked for Sears Kmart. They had just merged. We’re like, we’re going to buy for retail supremacy. And I was like, yeah, exactly. I was like, yeah, we’re going to beat Amazon and Walmart and all that. So it’s hilarious now, but I had a great interview with them and it was kind of more operational leadership than what I was experiencing in the army.

And, um, and it was, it was long hours. So I would, I would get up, I would leave my house at five o’clock and I would get there at five 30. Um, and then I would stay until probably six, six 30 drive the 30 minutes home and it was dark both ways, but I don’t ever remember most days. I don’t ever remember the [00:47:00] drive.

It was just like I was on autopilot when I got into my car and then when I, you know, basically part and I think a lot of the times that’s our life because we get so freaking busy, Tim, that we don’t slow down and actually like. Like reflect or ask ourselves these questions and again that goes back if we go back to like the third party And again, i’m biased Like if we’re meeting with you regularly, even if it’s just annually or semi annually Um, obviously we do a lot of work on the front end of a plan But even if we’re just taking the time twice a year To kind of check in and actually view that dashboard and not just stare out the windshield for 30 minutes, you know, on your commute to and from, I think that that action, um, and doing that with a partner to kind of tie it back to Valentine’s day is really, really powerful.

And I think just because of the hustle and bustle and the distractions that we have, um, with technology or whatever else, it’s hard for [00:48:00] us to kind of slow down and say, like, is this really what I want? Shay, is this really what you want? And I think like, you know, one of the things that Shay and I like to do when, so we do like a monthly date night, and then we kind of do ad hoc stuff, but like, we’ll talk about, it’s more of like dreams.

Like, like what, where do we want to go next? Right? So one of the exercises that we’ve done is, you know, we’ll put, I’ll make a list of all like the projects or things that I want to do. So whether it’s buy an RV or redo the kitchen or you know, redo our backyard. So we kind of have this list. And we both basically rank order the list in order, you know, basically what we want the most.

And then I basically combined that in a weighted, a weighted ranking. And then we talk about that and that’s kind

Tim Ulbrich: come up with a shared list first or do you have your own list? And then,

Tim Baker: we come up with a shared list that we’re both basically ranking. And then what’s come, what, what, some of the things that have come out of that. Where, you know, one of the things since we moved [00:49:00] into our house in 2020, she’s like, I hate this chandelier in the, in the front of the house.

And, and I’m just, and I, I could not care less about it, Tim. I, it’s not something that I even noticed, but she’s like, I hate it. It’s like this crystal thing. It’s gets dusty and cobwebby. Like, I don’t like

Tim Ulbrich: get it done and

Tim Baker: And I’m like, well, what is it, what would it cost us just to kind of get a new fixture and replace?

She’s like 1500 bucks. I’m like, why are we even wasting any more? And that, that’s probably not the way, the right way to ask it. Cause that sounds accusatory, but I’m like, what, well, what can we do just to make this go away, like, you know, so, so those kind of get knocked off, but then some of the major projects, like, Hey, we’re redoing our backyard.

Like we both put that at the top of the, uh, top of the list. And like, that’s what we’re attacking next. Right. So then the next one, you know, we’ll attack next, or we maybe we’ll, we’ll do the, the, the ranking again. But I think like, those are more of like the exciting, like nobody wants to talk about, well, some people do, but like.

Like paying off debt is like, nah, like it can kind of be a drag. Um, or some of these other more mundane parts of the financial plan. I [00:50:00] think, you know, aligning things that, and for us it’s like, you know, having a green space that we really want and is invited in that, you know, we see our family, you know, just enjoying was really important.

And we’re not going to move because of, you know, where the market is, the interest rates, like we’re going to put the money in the house that we have. And I think we’re excited about that. So like, those are some of the discussions that we have. And I think, you know, what you do is then you then plug that into a financial planner, um, and you say, okay, like, how can we make this happen?

Where are we, where are we pulling this money from? How long is it going to take for us to save? Do we use debt? Do we leverage, what does that look like? So.

Tim Ulbrich: Tim, one thing you said that is so important and Jess and I experienced this working with you and the rest of the planning team. You said, is this what we want? And a question that we have to come back to. And one of the things I love about our process, you know, step one, as we get organized, we really can’t do anything else until we have a good record and system of, you know, where’s everything at?

What’s the balance sheet? And do we have eyes on everything [00:51:00] that’s out there? Step two, how What’s the vision? We call it script your plan and, and once we set that vision, which I will go on record by saying, most financial planning firms and financial planners are making financial decisions without a vision.

And that is backwards. The

Tim Baker: even without like a balance sheet, 

Tim Ulbrich: without a balance sheet.

Tim Baker: you have a pulse. Let me sell you this insurance product that you don’t need. Yeah.

Tim Ulbrich: And the vision, I always describe it, the vision should be the window in which you’re looking through. And the other side is any financial decision you’re making, how are we gonna handle, you know, the debt? What are we looking at in terms of investing and saying for the future?

Should we buy this investment property? What about this vacation? What about that? Right. And that shared vision, which you talked about is so important in terms of two people working together. But once we set that vision, you know, this is not the strategic plan at your workplace where it sits on the shelf and becomes dusty.

Like this comes back in the meetings to say, Hey, Tim and Jess in 2023 or whatever it was last time we did this, you guys said that tangibly, these were [00:52:00] the things that meant. You were living your rich life with your family. Have we done them? Have

Tim Baker: Yeah. You hold the mirror up, right?

Tim Ulbrich: hold the mirror up. And when we think about how we measure the ROI, right?

Of the financial plan. I know, I know a topic you’re passionate about. Sure. There are X’s and O’s that we want to look at. We’re spending so much investing of time and money working with the financial planner and what’s the potential return on that if we didn’t have that relationship. Yes. Let’s have that conversation, but what is it worth?

To say, this is the vision for rich life. And we’re actually going to make this happen and tracking whether or not we’re achieving that. Like we all know when we look back in 30 or 40 years, that is going to be what matters, not did we get our nest egg to 3. 9 versus 3. 6 million. So that vision and having someone that can facilitate the conversations to get to that vision, and then to hold that mirror back up and say, how are we doing?

Right. How are we progressing?

Tim Baker: and, and, and I think it could be a little bit of tough love, you know, a little bit of the [00:53:00] stick of like, Hey, you know, and if I’m talking to myself here, it’s like, Hey, Tim, like nowhere in your script, your plan meeting, your goal session, did you say that you had to lead the league in like bourbon purchases?

If that’s important, then like that should be in the financial planning and we should, we should, you know, we should account for that. But if it’s not, then like, what are we doing? You know, I know people can relate to like shop therapy and things like that. You know, that some of the things that goes on there, but like most of the time people are like, Oh, I have to have like, I don’t have to have these things, but that’s what we typically spend is empty calories.

That’s what we spend our. Our dollars on. It’s more of the and I’ll, I’ll shout out one of our clients. It’s been working with us probably since 2018. Um, I talked to each other yesterday. Like one of the big things to, to major things, um, that we’ve worked on so she good amount of credit card debt. Large amounts of student loans didn’t necessarily love her her job when she was working with us initially.

Um, You know, she w what was uncovered in her script or plan when [00:54:00] she had this passion for horseback riding

Tim Ulbrich: mm

Tim Baker: you have to do this. Like, this is obviously a passion. When you talk about it, you, you’re glowing. And she’s like, oh, but like credit card debt and I have to work more. And, and my student loans and you know, you, you fast forward today, you know, she has, the loans are forgiven.

She’s left that hospital system. She’s working in industry now. She loves their job, a flexibility, better money. Um credit cards are gone She has pickles the horse She she moved from one part of florida to another to be closer to like the national questioning center So like so like that was the big and then that was the big things and then when I talked to her yesterday And you know, her, her other big thing was she wanted to do an African safari with her mom when she booked September, early September, right?

She’s doing it. And she was one of these people where I was talking about like seven figure pharmacist. She’s like, yeah, right, Tim. Like that, that’s, that’s made up, but we looked at her portfolio again. This is not [00:55:00] indicative of like future performance, but her IRAs that were managing grew a hundred thousand dollars year over year.

And she’s like, Oh. Okay. Like I’m now I’m starting to get it, but like super pumped up about like these trips and like the passion and things like that. So like we talk about ROI, like we can see her net worth and her investments growing. Like that’s, that’s, that’s. That’s happened. But if you were to say like, what are maybe some of the things that are better about the life plan that we’ve built out, that’s financial, that’s supported by the financial plan or these passions of like this once in a lifetime trip, the fact that she’s, you know, making it happen with her, you know, with, with showing horseback riding and things like that.

So, and, and again, like, I think this. Can be harder with two, like, with two people to go back to the couples. Right. And you know, I think the way that Shay, I Shay and I do it in terms of rank ordering and, and, and talking through things like that. I think the help of a financial planner goes a long, long way because there’s different dynamics in [00:56:00] different couples.

You know, there’s some people that are a bulldozer, some people that you know, are more timid. And I think bringing. To light both both partners contributions and viewpoints and what their passion are is that’s, that’s what’s going to like save the financial planning profession from the robots, it’s those types of engagements and that type of care and about about our clients and what we’re doing.

It’s not. Some of these other things, right? Like, like invest in or whatever, those things are going to eventually be, you know, everything’s going to be by robots. But, um, I think it’s important again, it’s, it’s really hard to do this by yourself. It’s even harder to do it, you know, with a partner that has a different, you know, value structure.

And I think making sure that you’re rowing that. Boat in the same direction is, is vital. Or you, you know, you get, it’s passive aggressive or, you know, you, you bury, you bury things down deep and, um, you know, you, you hold onto them and [00:57:00] it’s not productive either.

Tim Ulbrich: Tim, perhaps obvious, but I’d like to wrap up here. And I think it needs to be said, knowing that many of our listeners might be the nerd and their relationship, right? Um, and if one person is taking the lead and if that’s you, which is very common that you might have one person kind of take the lead, it’s critical that the other person, the other party is informed, right?

Delegation does not equal uninformed. And I think this is where something like a third party, Um, can be a really valuable asset. This is where making sure you have periodic meetings. You talked about that earlier in the show, making sure you’ve got good systems and documents like legacy folders. We’ve talked about that on the show before.

And it reminds me back to an episode four years ago, we’ll link it, link to this episode in the show notes. One, I often referenced back to with Michelle Cooper, who wrote a book. I’ve still got me a widow’s journey to love happiness and financial independence. And during the show, she shared her personal story.

Of after losing her husband [00:58:00] to suicide and realizing shortly after his death that despite herself being an attorney And working in the financial industry for years She was out of the loop of their family finances and was left to navigate everything while also grieving the loss of her husband And you know again if one person’s taking the lead and that function works great.

But what are the systems? What’s the third party solution? What are the conversations that need to be happening to make sure that both people are are informed in that process?

Tim Baker: yeah. So important, Tim, and, and like I said, you know, I think, I think the best results are when you have two engaged parties most of the time. Um, that more or less take, take our advice. I mean, we do use tools that. Can keep maybe an absent partner or a spotty partner up to speed whether that’s emails or Recap emails or things like that, but I think the goal here just ultimately You know when you’re working as a couple on your money You want to the goal is to win most of the time and I think you know You’re never gonna be perfect.

Some people, you know, will will have bad [00:59:00] months or make bad decisions and and they feel despondent but you know, I think I think it’s really exciting and, and can be very relieving, you know, especially when you have the plan in place to know like, Hey, we’re okay. So we can maybe do things that are outside of the comfort zone, whether it’s saving or spending.

Um, whatever spectrum you fall on. And again, obviously we’re super biased because we believe in what we do. And we’ve seen, you know, great results from a lot of our clients. Um, but you know, it’s something that again, we just don’t do well because we, it’s not something we have the vocabulary for. So I love, I appreciate the topic.

Um, and, and like, like we mentioned at the top, like it’s not a one size fit all like, like there, there’s a lot of ways to kind of a tackle the financial plan and how your, your finances are set up. And I think it’s trying to, it’s the same thing with the budget, trying to find what works best for you. Um, and running with that and then kind of iterating [01:00:00] and making sure that, you know, you feel that all parties are kind of represented and feel good about it.

Tim Ulbrich: Let me end him by putting a plugin for our services. Cause I think our team just does this incredibly well. Shout out to our team of certified financial planners. If you’re listening, thinking, Hey, I’d like to learn more about what it would look like in working. With one of YFP’s fee only certified financial planners, whether you’re single, engaged, married, partner, we’d love to have that conversation.

You go to yourfinancialpharmacist. com. You’ll see an option there to book a discovery call. Uh, Tim leads those discovery calls, opportunity for us to learn more about your situation, uh, learn more about our services and ultimately determine, You know, whether or not there’s a good fit there, we’d like love to have that conversation.

And I think that, you know, we look at our process and our system, as I talked about briefly in terms of making sure we have everything organized, scripting that plan, setting the vision. Uh, we, we just do this effectively. And I think that not only are we trying to move the net worth forward, that’s an important part, but we’re also looking at, you know, beyond the numbers, what does it look like to be living a [01:01:00] rich life and how do we get clear on that?

And how do we develop a financial plan that could support. Living that rich life. So Tim really, really enjoyed the conversation and, uh, we’ll, we’ll catch everyone back here next week. Take care. 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 395: What to Look for in a Real Estate Agent (And Why It’s More Important Than Ever)


Tim Ulbrich & Nate Hedrick break down 2025 housing trends, agent tips & the new buyer’s agreement.

This is brought to you by Real Estate RPH.

Episode Summary

Tim Ulbrich, YFP Co-Founder talks with Nate Hedrick, PharmD and Founder of Real Estate RPh as they break down the key trends shaping the 2025 housing market, from declining home sales to soaring interest rates. Nate shares what to look for in a real estate agent, why local market expertise matters, and how the new buyer’s agent agreement affects you.

Key Points from the Episode

  • [00:00] Welcome Back, Nate Hedrick, PharmD!
  • [00:44] Current Housing Market Trends
  • [02:37] Home Improvement Decisions
  • [03:49] Hiring a Real Estate Agent
  • [04:07] Understanding Buyer’s Agent Agreements
  • [06:36] Key Qualities in a Real Estate Agent
  • [07:49] Researching and Interviewing Agents
  • [11:03] Local Market Knowledge
  • [15:17] Communication Expectations
  • [16:51] Buyer’s Agent Agreement Details
  • [18:57] Changes in Buyer’s Agent Compensation
  • [19:37] Negotiating Buyer’s Agent Fees
  • [20:17] Impact on First-Time Homebuyers
  • [20:52] New Agreement Structures
  • [22:02] Alternative Fee Models
  • [27:25] Important Contract Details
  • [31:42] When to Start Looking for an Agent
  • [33:14] Real Estate Concierge Service

Episode Highlights

“And let’s not forget..it’s a low bar of entry right into the field. And because of that, not all agents are created equal.” – Tim Ulbrich [05:41]

“ I would recommend knowing what your goal is and what your specific kind of target is.  If I am an investor buying an investment property, that’s a very different agent. If I am looking for a farm with  a hundred acres and a 10 horse horse  stall, like that’s a different agent. If I’m looking for an apartment in New York city, like that’s a different type of agent.” – Nate Hedrick [06:50:]

“ Typically I recommend three to six months before you think you’re sort of ready to buy a house. If your lease is running out in June, then January or February is your time to start talking with agents and start that process.” – Nate Hedrick [31:58:]

“A good real estate agent can be an important, not just team member, but the quarterback of the team.” -Nate Hedrick [33:00]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Nate, welcome back to the show.

Nate Hedrick: Hey, Tim, always good to be here.

Tim Ulbrich: Well, we had you and David on REI real estate investing episode one 32, we talked about rent versus buy. Not a new conversation, but one that is relevant in today’s market and how today’s market might ship that conversation a little bit.

We’ll link to that episode in the show notes in case folks miss that. But today we’re talking about what to look for when hiring a real estate agent. And similar to our last episode, while we’ve touched on this periodically, there are some new things in the market related to, uh, buyers agreements and other things that we need to talk about that really are shifting this conversation a bit.

So we’re going to do that, but first let’s get your take Nate on kind of what’s happening in [00:01:00] the housing market in 2025. You know, if anyone’s been watching the news on this existing home sales. You know, fell again last year to lowest level since 1995, interest rates continuing to stay pretty high where they’ve been.

And people like you and I are saying, Hey, there ain’t no way we’re moving. And we’re not giving up the interest rate. We’ve had all of that contributing to what appears to be an ongoing challenging market for first time homebuyers. Right.

Nate Hedrick: Yeah, I, a lot going on just in the last 12 months and even in the short term, just in the last couple of weeks. Um, I’ll say all of this with the caveat that all real estate is local, right? So I might give a global trend or a local insight into. Cleveland, Ohio market that doesn’t apply to you, right?

Because it’s all going to be specific to your locale. Um, so that’s, that’s important to keep in mind that none of this stuff applies globally everywhere. It’s just sort of what we’re seeing in terms of trended data. So as you mentioned, we did see a new sales, new existing home sales, rather existing home sales.

[00:02:00] Um, and a lot of that analysts feel like was because of the rising interest rates, it reduced the amount of affordability that was out there. Um, if your interest rate goes up, that means your monthly payment goes up, which means you can’t afford as much house, which means, Hey, if I need a four bedroom because my family size is X and how I’m priced out of a four bedroom, like, My only choice might be to rent now.

Right. Um, so we saw a lot of that. The other thing, like you said, so astutely is just, we’re not moving, right? If you’ve got a sub 4 percent rate and you go to sell that property, your only option is to then go buy something that is. Either cash or above seven and a half percent. Right. Depending on the time that you were buying.

So a lot of people felt like, Whoa, I’m just going to put the brakes on, on moving and I’m just going to stay where I’m at. And so those existing homes kind of just sat there and didn’t move as much.

Tim Ulbrich: And I think what you’re seeing, Nate, which both you and I can attest to in our own situations and the pandemic really spurred this, but it’s continued as people saying, Hey, I’m not going to move. Maybe I was considering, I’m not going to move, [00:03:00] but I’m going to make improvements and updates to our house.

You know, we finished our basement this past year. We had talked about moving a year or so ago and decided, you know, what. Interest rates are what they are. And, and we had a much lower rate, mathematically doesn’t make sense. Let’s kind of focus on some improvements on the house. And just before we hit record, I heard the hammer in the background, right on your house.

So you’re, you’re doing something similar.

Nate Hedrick: Yeah. We, we, we basically have been talking about this for years and kind of this past. Within the last year, my wife and I sat down and said, look, I, I think this is it. I don’t think we’re moving. We’re pretty locked into this house. We love our location. We love where the kids are at. We love access. We have all the amenities we have here in our particular spot.

And so we said, let’s, let’s put on the sunroom. We’ve always talked about doing like, let’s just, let’s be here. And so, like you said, it just, if we wanted this exact property somewhere else, it’d be one, it’d be really hard to find and to pay an absolute ton for it somewhere else. So just make the improvements you want here and enjoy it while we’re here.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. Great [00:04:00] stuff. Well, today’s topic, what to look for when hiring an agent, again, not a new topic, but is. Updated information that we have to talk about. We’re going to get more in the weeds on this, but really the piece here that’s new is the implementation of a buyer’s agent agreement. So Nate, at a high level, kind of tell us why this new wrinkle has thrown a new factor into the equation for people to think about when they’re looking at hiring an agent.

Nate Hedrick: Yeah, I don’t want to get too deep yet. Let’s dive in as we kind of get through the pieces. But to, to, to set the 10, 000 foot stage, there was a settlement last year. We had an episode on this. Actually, um, the NAR settled on a lawsuit that was, that was pending. Um, they basically said we want it. Buyer representation to be very transparent, uh, by that extension or because of that ruling, um, the national association of realtors said, okay, before you work with a buyer’s agent, you have to have a contract in place that says what that buyer’s agent is going to be paid.[00:05:00] 

And that compensation is going to be provided in a very clear laid out fashion. Um, again, we’ll go through some of the specifics, but in most cases, what those terms of those agreements say is that the buyer is agreeing to pay. Their agent, typically they’re going to try to get that amount from the seller as a, as a contingency of, of purchasing the home.

But technically the buyer is on the hook and they’ve sort of always been on the hook, but this is really laying it out to say, look, before we start working together, this is the contract. You have the sign that says how much I’m going to get paid. And that’s a very big difference from where it was years and years ago.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And as you and I were planning for this episode, we said, Hey, Hey, these pieces now. Really raise the bar for this decision of hiring an agent. I mean, it’s always been important, but now we’re talking about signed agreements need to be in place, potentially financial implications on the buy side, if we can’t get the seller to take care of it.

And let’s not forget no offense to, uh, the real estate agents that are out there. Uh, but Nate, it’s a low bar of entry right into the [00:06:00] field. And because of that, not all agents are created equal. And we’re talking about what that means, but all the more reason that. On the buy side, we’ve got to be doing our homework and first time homebuyers.

Inevitably you’re excited about the home you’re looking. And this is where it’s like, Hey, aunt Susie’s third cousin’s neighbor is a good agent. You should work with them. And, and, you know, I remember being a first time homebuyer. We kind of run in that direction. That’s how I got connected to our agent, which thankfully worked out, but it wasn’t the best homework that we did in that process.

So. All the reasons we’ll, we’ll get into it during the episode of, Hey, as the buyer, what responsibilities do you have and looking for an agent? What are some of those things that you should be looking for to make sure you got someone in your corner, that’s really going to help you through this process.

So let, let’s start there. Nate, as I, as I mentioned, not all agents are created equal. So if that’s the case, what are some of the key qualities or traits that home buyers should be looking for when hiring an agent?

Nate Hedrick: Yeah, I think you could go down a bunch of different paths here. Um, I think [00:07:00] to start where I would recommend is know what your goal is and know what your specific kind of target is, right? So let me explain. If I am an investor buying an investment property, that’s a very different agent. If I am looking for a farm with a hundred acres and a 10 horse horse stall, like that’s a different agent.

If I’m looking for an apartment in New York city, like that’s a different type of agent. Right? So first start with what your goals are. Like if it’s just single family home in the suburbs, you have a bunch broader pool of people to be looking at. If you are looking for a specialized target, like. That that’s narrows your pool of options as kind of a first step.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And I think that to your point, right. If someone’s looking at. A commercial property versus a residential. Is this an investment property that they’re thinking about doing Airbnb? And, and does that agent understand some of the local rules and regulations? Right? So start with the vision, start with the goal.

And then from there, what else are we thinking about on more of a micro level?

Nate Hedrick: [00:08:00] Yeah. So that’s where I would recommend you go out and you do kind of a background Google search, right? Or you’ve got great access to online information about these agents. You can get a good feel for something like transaction volume. You can figure out if they’re on a team. Um, if you look up their Zillow profile, their realtor.

com profile, you can see like, is it just Nate working as an agent by himself or does Nate have a team of people that I might be working with? And there, there are pros and cons to that. But if you set aside and you’re like, no, I want my guy or gal and I only want to work with that person. And that’s the way I want to operate.

Like you can do that background research without ever having to interview an agent that’s on a team or vice versa, right? You want someone that’s available all the time. Great. If you have a team of people, then you’re always guaranteeing somebody’s around. So you can do a lot of that background research to see things like that.

I also encourage people to look at agents, Facebook posts, their Instagram. Uh, I personally am and kind of terrible about being on social media, but you can get a pretty good feel for an agent’s style, their personality, their, how [00:09:00] they list a property. Um, a lot of agents will have walkthrough videos of their listings and you can feel out that person without ever having to interact with them, which is, which is nice, right?

You can just kind of start that book from. The very beginning without having to, to make a bunch of extra phone calls, interview a bunch of extra agents. You can, you can weed people right out over the internet.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And I was joking, half joking about the referral, right? I mean, referrals matter and if people have a good experience, that’s great. But I, what I’m encouraging people to do is not stop there. Right. And what other information can we gather about that agent to understand, you know, whether or not they’re a good fit in our industry, in the financial planning industry for a firm like ours, that’s regulated by the sec, you know, a lot of this information is publicly available that people can look up.

You know, if they, if they want to read pages and pages of documents, they can read up forms that we have to publish in terms of services that we offer and fees that we have. And if there’s things like marks against or complaints against a firm or an advisor, you know, you can get to that information as well.

[00:10:00] Is there something similar that’s out there or what are these sources look like in terms of checking an agent’s experience in history?

Nate Hedrick: Yes. And no, um, a good agent will have a good review system somewhere, right? They’ll have either on their website or on Google reviews, realtor. com, Zillow reviews. One of those, hopefully if they’re a seasoned agent is going to have some sort of review system, um, where you can look at their actual reviews of their service.

Right. And if they’ve got. 20 people in the last year that have bought and sold a home and went on and left a glowing recommendation on Google. Like that’s a better indicator, uh, than, than if you don’t have anything out there. Right. Um, so that’s sort of one, you could also go to the national association of realtors website.

Um, you can actually dial down by your state. So like we have the Ohio realtors board and you can see if there’s been a complaint lodged against that particular agent or whatever. Um, it’s pretty rare to have that and have that agent be actively practicing, but. It might be worth looking up, um, and then ultimately you can just Google that individual, see if something’s come up, especially in [00:11:00] like the higher profile cases, you might see something where there’s an article published about somebody that, that maybe it’s, you know, good or bad, and you can kind of get a good feel for that.

So while there’s no national database that you can easily reference, there’s a lot of source material out there for you to go after.

Tim Ulbrich: One thing you said a little bit earlier to Nate, which is worth going back here is, is the importance of understanding the local market. And, you know, as we talked about on the real estate investing one 32 show, it’s not just the city or even the suburb or the area it’s, it’s, it’s the markets within the market, right?

It’s the school district, it’s the neighborhood. So what advice would you have for. Buyers that are out there to find an agent that really understands their market. Especially like I think about Jess and I, like, we’re not from Columbus and we’re looking for a home. Like I’m really leaning on that agent to help us out 

Nate Hedrick: This is where the actual like agent interview might come into play. So again, you’ve done this sort of background research, you’ve narrowed it down. You can see that I have sold a bunch of homes in, you know, this particular city or this particular suburb. So now you’re going to add me to your [00:12:00] list of potential interview targets.

And, and I think a lot of people get like, Either overwhelmed or just turned off by this part of like, I have to set up like three interviews with three agents. Like that sounds like a lot of work. It can absolutely be worthwhile, right? This is a step that is a bit of a pain, but doing it now, we’ll make sure that you have a good process throughout.

And this is a huge purchase. Like you don’t want to get it wrong. So When you get that list, right, you’ve narrowed it down to two or three or four agents, whatever it might be, actually interview them, ask them questions about the local market. If they’re like, Oh, uh, yeah, there’s a, uh, I think there’s an apartment going in somewhere or like, you know, if they’re pretty unknowledgeable about the area, it’s going to come out pretty quickly.

Uh, if they understand it inside and out, you’re going to be able to hear and understand that right over the phone. So it’s something I recommend doing. Um, ask them questions about the local market, ask them about their experience. You can ask them for references, say, Hey, would you be if, and if your clients are willing, would you be willing to send me, you know, three people you’ve worked with and, and their contact info.

So I can just ask them how you were, um, [00:13:00] agents should be willing to give you this kind of stuff if their clients will allow it, of course, but, but they should be willing to give you this kind of stuff to support the fact that they are someone that’s good to work with.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And they, just as you were talking, I was thinking about and jotting out some notes of things that just since living here. You know, we’ve come to understand that I probably could ask better questions about upfront, you know, school districts probably is the obvious one, but like in our neighborhood, we have this notorious issue with, we’re a smaller community.

And so where we draw water from, like, it’s really hard water and it just beats on your appliances. You better be ready for like costs associated with, uh, you know, appliances and soft water tanks and things like that. And everyone in the neighborhood knows it, but the buyer doesn’t know it. Right. Coming into the neighborhood.

I think about some of the HOA. Types of rules and specifics. And every HOA is different in terms of like, do they actually uphold the rules? Do they not? What does that look like? What are the fees? And that stuff, easy to find, you know, property taxes. Like we’re on the line of Franklin County, which is where [00:14:00] Columbus is and Pickaway County.

Well, if you throw a stone, like, and you’re in Pickaway County, property taxes are a whole lot different than they are in Franklin County. Right? So these are the things, what’s the economic development going on in the area? What’s the growth and population look like? I mean, so many things that a good agent.

Proactively hope is getting out in front and supporting you in that way.

Nate Hedrick: you can even ask them. Uh, I kind of like this question. I’ve, I’ve done this before with clients where you ask, you can ask the agent, um, you know, anything going on with city council, I should be aware of. And if they look at you like with deer in the headlights, right, that, that might be a bad sign. They should be involved in the community in some fashion.

Now, again, can I be involved in every single community around all of Cleveland where I start? No, but if you’re really specifically looking at like, Hey, I want to be in Brecksville, Ohio, or, you know, pick a spot, like Then you better know the nuances of that specific location. Uh, and what’s coming, right? If there’s a new trail going in, if they’re going to be rebuilding the bridge that you’re accessing your house from, right.

And you’ve got to go around an extra five miles for the next two years. Like those are the kinds of things you really want to have [00:15:00] an insight to.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. Nate is a first time homebuyer. Maybe you can relate to this. If somebody would have told me those things, I’ve been like, yeah, yeah, whatever. It’ll be fine. Right. But those are the things like, I think about the Metro parks and how we use the Metro park, like these things matter day to day in terms of quality of life and, and how you’re interacting with your community.

Nate, one other thing I want to ask you about here with this idea of interviewing agents, love this idea. Um, and I think we should have a similar conversation when it comes to like lenders, interviewing lenders and getting a feel. For what’s a good fit there, but how about communication? You know, what, what conversation, what questions can people ask?

I know first time home buyers, right. They’re eager. They want responsiveness. What’s reasonable. What’s not reasonable. How, how can you guide our listeners as an agent of maybe what buyers should be thinking about or think about asking an agent around communication?

Nate Hedrick: Yeah. I think setting a stage of like, what is realistic? So what are you looking for? Right? If someone came to me and said, look, I expect you to be answering a text message within five minutes from 7 a. m. to 10 p. m. I’m like, [00:16:00] I might not be the agent for you. Like I’m going to be with other clients. I have responsibilities.

I have kids like I’m going to get back to you in a reasonable amount of time, but, but this is what it looks like. So I think asking questions, knowing what your expectations are and just. Delivering that to the Asian and saying, Hey, here’s what I would like. I prefer to communicate via text or I prefer an email.

I really like a weekly phone call to understand where we are. If you can set that up with the Asian and they say, yeah, that’s absolutely reasonable. That works well with me. Or you know what? Like. That’s not how I operate. That’s how you’re going to get good communication. I don’t think it’s just coming at them and saying, do you have good communication skills?

And they’re like, yes, I do. Uh, because everyone’s going to say that you have to kind of make it a two way street of like, here’s how I expect to communicate. How’s that going to work?

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, especially in this market, right? Timely communication, really important. So clear expectations upfront, what specific communication modalities, expectations around hours and timeline of responsiveness, all really important. All right, let’s talk about that buyer’s agent [00:17:00] agreement in more detail, because this is the new rankle.

As we talked about the beginning, really heightens the pressure on the buyer to make sure they have an agent that’s the right fit. As you mentioned the, the backstory for this, and we’ll link to it, it was episode one 18 of the Real Estate Investing podcast that you and David talked about the settlement from the National Association of Realtors.

We don’t have to get into the whole weeds of, of that all again. Uh, but that really led to this implementation of a buyer’s agreement that if anyone’s listening and bought a home, let’s say what? Eight months ago or yeah, since August. So anytime before that, you’re like, what buyers agreement, right? This wasn’t a thing.

So tell us a little bit more about what that looks like practically right now. So if I’m a first time home buyer or perspective, first time home buyer listening, and I’m starting to search, what should I expect in terms of these agreements and what the intent is of those agreements?

Nate Hedrick: Yeah. And it’s funny. I actually just went through this conversation earlier this morning. So like this is super relevant to what we go through every single [00:18:00] day. Um, but essentially what has changed is that before you can look at homes with a particular agent, they are supposed to have supposed to have a buyer’s agency agreement in place.

They basically says, I am going to be representing you. Here are the terms of that representation. Here are all the things that I’m going to do for you. Here is how I’m going to represent you when I’m talking to other agents. Here’s how I’m going to represent you to potential sellers. So on and so forth, right?

It lays that all out for my efforts. My compensation is X. And for the point of this conversation, let’s just say it’s 3%. Okay. I’m going to make 3 percent on the, as a percentage of the home sale. So if the house sells for 500, 000, I’m making 3 percent of that. If it sells for 200, 000, I’m making 3 percent of that, whatever it is.

And we’re going to establish that that is the, that is the amount that I’m going to be compensated. Now, where we get that from is up for negotiation. And that’s the big, the big nuance, the big difference from what it used to be. It used to be that the sellers would just offer whatever they were going to offer.

When you got a listing agreement in [00:19:00] place, you negotiated right then and there with the seller. Hey, it’s going to be two and a half for me, two and a half for a buyer’s agent. And when I would go show a listing, I would know it would actually display it. It would say, Nate, if you help a buyer by this house, you’re going to get two and a half percent, right?

It was listed right there. That is gone. There is no buyers. Uh, agreement that’s listed or advertised by a seller. Now, when I go to make an offer, and again, I just did this today with a client, uh, actually last night. And we said, look, here’s the offer. It’s 250, 000 in a 3 percent buyer’s agency.

Compensation agreement, right? And so that, that 3%, we pre established that that’s what I was going to work with the buyer for. And now we’re trying to get it from the seller. Interestingly enough, again, since this is, this is happening right, right here now with this client that I’m working with, they came back and they said, okay, we’re going to counter and we’re countering at this, this slightly higher number than what you’ve, what you’ve come up with.

And we’re only willing to pay two and a half percent of your buyer’s agency contract. And we said, okay, let’s talk about that. And so I went back to the [00:20:00] buyer and, uh, Ultimately, what we decided was that that’s fine. We’re going to take two and a half from the seller and that 0. 5 percent is actually going to come from my buyer.

And they’re going to, they’re going to pay that out of their closing costs. Um, but all of it is very transparent. All of it is very negotiated. Um, and that’s just how the agreements work now. So you’ve got to establish that before you ever look at houses, which is just way different than it ever used to be.

Tim Ulbrich: So different, right? I mean, days gone by quick recap, days gone by seller’s going to pay all the fees. So you were expecting as a seller, it’s going to cost me five or 6%. Right. And I’m paying for both the listing agent and I’m paying for the home buyer’s fee. It’s going to come out of that. So first time for the home, any home buyer, but first time home buyers, especially where we think about money available for things like a down payment, closing costs, things like this, they weren’t thinking about this fee.

Okay. On the front end. And so now we have this new piece, which is, Hey, we have to have an agreement upfront. It’s going to clearly outline what the buyer’s agent fee is that can no longer be on the listing. And the hope is we can negotiate [00:21:00] that from the seller, but I’m guessing you can tell us more here in a moment that, Hey, there’s going to be variances of this.

And depending on the market, there may or may not be more pushback. Right from the, the seller on this. So is this what you’re seeing? Like, are you expecting more of this? Like what you just had yesterday where, Hey, the seller is still going to kind of like days gone by pay for most of it, but we’re going to negotiate a little bit of that and now we got to put that on the buyer.

Nate Hedrick: Yeah. I think, I think this will be kind of the norm. I think you’ll see just more nuance to it of like, you know, let’s push back a little bit. Let’s adjust this number here. I’ve had some competitive bids where, uh, you know, there’s a lot of bids going into a house and the buyer’s compensation that the seller, that that was being.

Requested kept dropping, right? It’s, Oh, it’s only 1 percent for this offer. And ultimately it’s all money. Like if we take a step back, right, this was all baked in, even in the old way, it was all baked into the purchase agreement, right? If you were paying a 6 percent commission on a listing, like that was baked into the price.

Now it’s just very out in the open and it’s part of the negotiation. So it’s not [00:22:00] like it’s actually changed. It’s not actually more dollars out of the buyer’s pocket necessarily. It’s just out in the open and it’s a fully negotiated point.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. So if we just put some numbers to this, Nate, if we think about a 300, 000 home. Let’s say a typical buyer agent, I know some might be a little bit lower, but let’s say a typical buyer agent says, Hey, my fee is going to be 3 percent to you. First time home buyer. So if we get the home for 300, 000, that 3 percent would be 9, 000.

Now, if we can get that all from the seller, great. Nothing out of pocket, but if we can’t, let’s say the seller extreme circumstances, not nothing it’s on you. The buyer’s got to come up with 9, 000, or if it’s a variation. Like the one you just gave two and a half percent. Most of it would come from the seller.

And then a little bit is going to have to come out a pocket from the buyer. Do you, do you think most, I guess we’re assuming all agents are following the rules. Let’s start there,

Nate Hedrick: I hope so. God.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. But do you think a lot of agents in the instance you just gave where the seller says, Hey, we’ll do two and a half percent.

Um, that’s, that’s what [00:23:00] we’re going to negotiate. Do you think most agents are going to hold the line on their 3 percent fee and put that remaining point on the buyer? Or do you think people will start to discount? Their fees to not have the buyer. Can they do that

Nate Hedrick: So yeah, I think, so it’s, it’s, well, the, the, can you do it is very broker specific. So, so if you, if you kind of take one step back right behind me, like ultimately I’m representing my broker, right? So they’re actually the one that’s being paid when we close and then they give me a chunk of that payment.

So that 9, 000 or whatever we get, that actually, it goes to my brokerage office, first title office sends it to them. And then I have a contract with my broker for what my compensation from them is. I can only do so much in terms of like, well, just make it 1%. Like the broker is actually establishing these negotiated fees so that they can run a business, right?

It’s just part of, part of how that works. So that’s kind of part one. Um, there is, there is some adjustment that can take place. You could absolutely go back and say, you know what? Let’s renegotiate this. Everybody’s drawn a hard line in the sand that says that 0. 5 percent is going to be a deal breaker.

Like, okay, maybe we can work this out and waive some of the [00:24:00] compensation. Um, I think the risk for agents out there that is, is you could just start to dilute. You know, your work down so far that it’s not worth doing

Tim Ulbrich: the bottom. Yep.

Nate Hedrick: exactly. Um, so I think, I think it’s, there’s a lot of, of nuance to it. Um, but I do think we’ll see this continue where you’ll get this kind of negotiation on that, on that one to 0.

5 percent piece, uh, every single time.

Tim Ulbrich: One of the other things we hypothesized when we discussed this back in the summer was would this, or would this not disrupt the traditional. Right? So you, you gave the example of it’s a, it’s a percentage, right? Whether it’s a 300, 000, our home or 500, 000, our home, let’s say it’s 3%. Obviously that that’s very different dollars, right?

We’re talking about 9, 000 versus 15, 000 in that instance. Um, so we, we, we wondered, would we see a transformation to alternative fee structures, flat fee models, some hybrid things that might be out there. Are we seeing that or not yet?

Nate Hedrick: Absolutely. Yeah. They’re out there for sure. And, and we’ll even [00:25:00] 3 percent up to a certain cap or, you know, there’s ways to get around it, um, and, and make it more flexible because you’re right there, there. even in the old days, right? So, so higher end listings and higher end for Ohio, right? Like in like the 800, 900 million range that that’s higher end for Ohio.

Um, you would see that, that fee get diluted where, okay, it’s 3 percent up to 500, 000. Then it’s 2 percent of the next 200, 000 and 1 percent after that. So that you would see that fee come down as, as price points got higher anyway. Um, so yeah, I’m seeing people that are putting caps out there. I’m seeing people that are dropping their percentage based on it.

Purchase price. Um, I’m seeing, um, I’ve only seen a few of these and they’re not really taking off, which I think is interesting where people will do like a flat fee where it’s like, Hey, look, I am 1, 500 to negotiate a contract and I’m a thousand dollars per 10 showings or whatever the number is. Right.

And you can just agree to that upfront. And every time we hit 10 showings, you get, you’re going to pay me 2, 000 or a thousand dollars cash. And we’ll, you know, and it goes to my [00:26:00] broker. We figure all that out. So like there’s ways people are getting creative. I think that’s Not taking off yet, but I could see a world in which like someone looks at that and goes, that for me is what I want.

I want this a la carte option. I’m going to go with this person.

Tim Ulbrich: here’s my theory for why that’s not taking off Nate. And you can tell me if I’m wrong, cause you’ve got a lot more experience than I do is because so many first time homebuyers in today’s market may go searching and actually not find something. I don’t know if they’re willing to incur the costs to be empty handed at the end of it.

Right. Because the way the agreements are structured it with, with a 3 percent model, we got to get to the finish line before a fee is paid. Yeah. And now I would argue if I’m an agent, I’m doing work. I could show somebody 10 homes. And if they come up empty handed, like that’s unfortunate, but I just spent a lot of time showing them 10 homes and hopefully we’re doing it well.

And it takes an investment of time. So I can see both sides of the coin and the story, but I, I would guess in a different market than we’re in, that might take off a little bit more. But, uh, I, I [00:27:00] suspect many people might think about, Hey, I could spend a thousand dollars going to see homes. And then actually, actually don’t ever end up getting one for whatever reason.

Maybe there isn’t, isn’t enough inventory or they just change your mind. Right.

Nate Hedrick: no, I think you’re right. I think that’s probably, that’s probably right. I think that that may start to shift if, if people change their mind or if inventory changes, like you said, or if it becomes more of a buyer’s market, um, that may start to change, but you’re right. You could go to 10 showings, put in 10 offers and still get nothing because you know, the housing market’s crazy and you’re getting beat out on offers.

Right. So yeah, I, I totally see that.

Tim Ulbrich: We’ve talked a little bit about this, but I want to pick your brain some more. This, this to me adds a new layer of attention to detail that’s needed that I’m not sure if I think back to my first time home by herself and in 2009, come out of residency, like. Give me the documents. I’m signing the papers.

We’re buying the home, right? I don’t know how much I’m reading the details of it, but what’s in this agreement now, I think is really important information, right? So what should people be looking for in [00:28:00] terms of, of course, read it, but are there specific parts of these agreements or things that may vary from one agent, one broker to another, that, that might help them determine what’s a good fit?

Nate Hedrick: There are a few. Yeah. So the first one is to look for, uh, the actual compensation and how that’s delivered. Right. So, um, is it delivered at closing? Like, is it delivered, uh, you know, even if you don’t close on the house, like, so I’ve, I’ve seen agreements out there and we don’t do this, but I’ve seen agreements out there where if you bring a willing and able buyer and you.

They back out for a non contract reason. Maybe we get to five days before closing and you get cold feet and you’re just like, look, Nate, I can’t like I can’t. It’s too much. I’m done. They can have my earnest money. I don’t care. There are contracts that are built. I’ve seen these out there where the agent still gets paid legally.

They should get a compensation of 3 percent or whatever. for that deal because they brought a willing and able buyer. They were ready to close on house. The seller was ready to close and you screwed it up, right? So watch for language like that, that says how that payment is made and when, right? [00:29:00] Super important.

Um, also look for how you can get out of these agreements, right? So it’s a lot of stress to say, Hey, I want to agree to work with Nate or whoever, um, for six months, let’s say under a, an agency agreement, right? Whoa, I’m not sure I’m ready to commit. How do I get out of that? So our contract, our standard language in our contract is that if you notify me within 72 hours, like we’re done, only the houses that I showed you, are we, are we responsible for?

So I can’t like show you one, two, three main street. You write me a letter, say, Nate, we’re done. And then you go to the seller directly. Right? If I’ve showed you the house, we’re, we’re together on that. But if you were like, Nate, it’s not working out like this is how you can walk away. So look for what that walk away language looks like and make sure that you’re comfortable with it.

So those are the big ones that I, that I think can, can try to trip people up. Um, and then also look for the last pieces where that compensation is coming from. So again, the goal is to get it from the seller. Um, but it should be listed pretty explicitly in the contract that that is the goal. The way our, our contract is written, uh, it basically says [00:30:00] like we are trying to get this from the, the goal is to make this a piece of the commission or the piece of the compensation from the seller.

Uh, the goal is not to make the buyer just pay for it out of pocket. So I think that language is important to have in there just so you can be, make sure that the goals are aligned with, with what your goals are.

Tim Ulbrich: The time piece is really interesting, Nate, and I’m connecting some dots. Now I had a conversation with a connection through one of my boys baseball last summer that was bemoaning a, uh, by this must’ve been actually right after the implementation, probably late summer, early fall, uh, was bemoaning this relationship he was in.

I think he said a year. Um, and it’s just a really good example of the 72 hours, right? Makes sense. Whatever you showed them. There should be a, an agreement and understanding for it, but there also should be an opportunity to change relationship, change. Maybe it’s not a good fit. We thought it was a good fit, whatever might be the case.

And man, you don’t want to be tied up long term if you don’t have to. So I don’t know, maybe there will be some rules and stuff that come around that a while, but that to me [00:31:00] seems really a long, a year.

Nate Hedrick: Yeah. I think that typically what I’ll see is, and you’ll see this, you have like listing agreements, right? So it’s the same idea. Uh, and this has always been the case. This has been the case for years. If I list a home and I have 25 people that see it in a six month period, well, you can’t. And the listing agreement on January 1st and then on January 3rd, except an offer from one of the people that, that saw the house.

I get like six months after that. Anybody that saw the house, if I can prove that they saw the house when I was the one that’s trying to show it, then I’m, I’m due compensation. That’s always been there. And so I think that’s pretty similar. Hopefully that person wasn’t actually locked up to that agent for a year.

They were just locked to the listings they saw, but perhaps, I mean, that could be out there.

Tim Ulbrich: Oh yeah, that’s true. That might’ve been it. Hopefully, uh, he was not happy. I remember that.

Nate Hedrick: I can, I can imagine. That sounds awful.

Tim Ulbrich: So Nate, I’m a prospective homebuyer listening, um, you know, um, I want to be in this crazy market at some point, maybe in the spring or summer, when is a good time to be thinking about looking for an [00:32:00] agent to begin that, that home buying search, that home buying journey.

Nate Hedrick: Typically I recommend three to six months before you think you’re sort of ready to buy a house. Like if you can see yourself, if your lease is running out in June, January or February is your time to start talking with agents and start that process. Um, just to kind of work backward, right? Like if you have a goal of like, Hey, we want to be moved in by.

The fall for the school district. Typically, you’re going to have a 30 to 40 day closing, right? So you got to work backward from that. And then you could have anywhere from a week to five months of looking for a house, right? It depends on your market and what the kind of averages are. So building in that.

three to six month window, make sure that you have a pretty good chance at getting everything done in time. Um, longer than that, if you’re, if you’re a year away, you’re probably looking too early. Interest rates are going to change. The market’s going to change. Um, you’re just going to be wasting you and your agent’s time if you’re looking at that stage, but that three to six month window tends to be kind of the sweet spot.

If I, if I, [00:33:00] based on my experience.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, Nate, as we’ve talked about before on this podcast and in other webinars, like the, the, a good real estate agent can, can be an important, not just team member, but the quarterback of the team, right? There’s a lot of questions that can come, uh, in the home buying process and that individual, especially with good experience can help you navigate a lot of those.

So we really believe this is one of the first puzzle pieces of the puzzle, not the first piece of the puzzle that we have to put in place, which is a good segue in to talking about the real estate RPH concierge service. Many of our listeners, if they’ve, if they’ve heard the show before, know that we’ve had the opportunity to partner with you now, five years, six years, seven years, and, uh, we, we love what you have done to help pharmacists, home buyers all across the country.

And you’ve actually had on a couple of previous buyers that have worked with you on the show, and we’ll link to those episodes in the show notes. If people want to get a feel for what that is all about, whether someone lives in Cleveland, in your backyard, in my backyard, in Columbus. Tulsa, Oklahoma, you name it across [00:34:00] the country.

The goal of the concierge service is to get them connected with a local agent that is a good fit, not only a good fit in that agent relationship with that buyer, but that also then has you in their corner and with them along the process, uh, throughout the home buying journey to help hold their hands.

So tell us more about that concierge service, whether it’s a first time home buyer, second time home buyer. Investor. It applies across the board.

Nate Hedrick: Yeah, I mean, you nailed it. The goal is really take the guesswork out of this process, right? We’re talking about all these interviews. We’re talking about it. It’s a lot of steps and a lot of things to figure out. And when I first did it, especially, uh, as a first time homebuyer, I had no idea what I was doing.

Like, and I don’t know if a 30 minute podcast is enough to like make me an expert on interviewing real estate agents. Right? So, so we said, why don’t we develop this service? It’s completely free. It starts with a 30 minute phone call with me. We’re going to go through and answer any questions you have.

Okay. figure out your goals, look at your budget, figure out where you want to buy, like what kind of property you want to buy, all those important questions. So we can narrow in on [00:35:00] what is going to be the right agent fit for you. Then we’ll go out and either connect you with one of our network agents, people we’ve worked with in the past that we’ve vetted, that we know have really good backgrounds and are working with clients right now.

Um, and either connect you with one of them or we’ll interview agents on your behalf until we can narrow down to somebody we think is a good fit. You move on, you work with that agent, you can either, Stick with them like we’d recommend, or if it’s not a good fit, come back and we can, you know, redo the process, right?

That only happens a fraction of the time, but we’re, you know, you’re not locked into anything. The goal here is to make this a great process. And so that’s, that’s kind of how we, how we build it. So completely free service. Uh, the idea being that it just takes the guesswork out for everybody.

Tim Ulbrich: So you can find more information on that real estate, rph. com. Uh, you can get to Nate’s website, get connected with him. You can also send us an email at any time info at your financial pharmacist. com. And just say, connect me with Nate and we’ll help make that introduction. Uh, as well, and, you know, Nate, I, I’m thinking about the [00:36:00] small percentage of people that are listening in Northeast Ohio, which obviously have you in their backyard.

That that’s an easy win, but to clarify again, it’s really the intent is no matter where you live in the country, uh, that, that Nate can be alongside of you to help you, uh, engage and find that agent, which is we’ve outlined in this episode today. All the more important in evaluating agents, making sure that’s a good fit in the context of the new, uh, buyer agreement.

So again, real estate, rph. com. You can get more information or send us an email info at your financial pharmacist. com. Nate, as always really appreciate your experience and, uh, the perspective you give. Thanks so much for coming on.

Nate Hedrick: Tim, thanks for having me on the show.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 394: Crafting a Rich Life in Retirement: Insights from David Zgarrick, PhD


Tim Ulbrich, YFP Co-Founder welcomes back David Zgarrick, PhD to share his journey into “preferment,” balancing retirement, financial planning, and staying engaged through teaching and consulting.

Episode Summary

In this episode, Tim Ulbrich welcomes back David Zgarrick, PhD, as he shares his journey into what he calls the “preferment phase” of life. Dr. Zgarrick opens up about his transition from academia to retirement, the joy of new routines, and the power of early financial planning. He highlights the importance of staying engaged—through consulting, teaching, and meaningful activities—while keeping financial health in check.

Key Points from the Episode

  • [00:00] Welcome Back, Dr. Zgarrick!
  • [00:10] The Preferment Phase Explained
  • [01:56] Living the Rich Life Today and Tomorrow
  • [05:11] The Importance of Early Financial Planning
  • [07:48] Navigating Retirement and Financial Management
  • [10:58] The Value of Community and Personal Fulfillment
  • [14:38] Staying Engaged Through Consulting
  • [38:33] Advice for Different Career Stages
  • [44:42] Final Thoughts and Wisdom

Episode Highlights

“ Dave, take a deep breath. You’re not going to run out of money. And here’s why you’re  not going to run out of money because you  never ran out of money before and you’re not, you know, unless you turn into some different person who starts spending money in a different way, you’re not going to run out of money.” – David Zgarrick [8:37]

“ One of the conversations that my  advisor has been having with us is reminding us it’s okay to spend a little bit more money. It’s okay to, you know, go on that trip or do those things.” – David Zgarrick [9:49]

“ So long as I feel that sense of value I choose to engage myself. And, you know, on the other hand, there are places where  I no longer feel that sense of value  and I have made conscientious efforts to step away from those things.” – David Zgarrick [20:37]

“ Maybe one of the aspects of the transition that has been more challenging is, is  feeling like you are part of something  that is important or has a higher purpose.”  – David Zgarrick [21:55]

“ I’ve come to realize that’s okay,  because the people that I do have influence  with, and the people that I am, shall we say, involved with, is a smaller group of people, but in some ways we have deeper and more meaningful types of relationships.” – David Zgarrick [23:44]

“ Nothing is  forever. And you do want to  make sure that you are taking the time to spend time with people who are important to you and to do the things that are important to you.”-  David Zgarrick [43:37]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Dave, welcome back to the show.

David Zgarrick: Thank you, Tim. Good to see you.

Tim Ulbrich: Well, we had you on almost two years ago to the date, and that was episode 291. We’ll link to that one in the show notes. And one thing that stood out from that interview for me, David, that I have shared with many other people was your mention of shifting, not to retirement, but a quote, preferment phase after over 30 years in academia, quickly recap for us, what, what you mean by that, the preferment phase, and maybe what’s that looked like now, two years later.

David Zgarrick: perform it. And just to kindly borrow a phrase that many of, you know, Lucinda Maine. She was the executive VP at American Association of colleges and pharmacy. And I served on their board of directors for a number of [00:01:00] years, got to know, listen to many other folks at very well.

We send it. I were kind of on the. Same timeline in terms of making this shift. And she, and I know she, she heard this term from another fellow CEO of another professional association in DC same timeline that she did is there’s the sense that, you know, when it’s time to change paths, so to speak, it wasn’t that I was retiring, you’re totally stepping away and, you know.

Sitting back and not doing much of anything. It was the sense that I’m going to, um, I am going to in some ways step away, but I’m going to also remain engaged in doing things, particularly things that I really like to do and I value doing, and that was that sense of that’s where preferment came from. I’m, I’m doing things that I really prefer to do both for myself as well as things within our profession.

Um, And at the same time, um, you know, [00:02:00] not having the same schedules and the same demands that we did when we were, you know, working as part of other organizations.

Tim Ulbrich: When you say Dave doing the things that I really like to do and value to do, you know, we talk often on the show about the importance of yes, the X’s and O’s financially, but also finding that way that we can live the rich life today and tomorrow. And, and I think we’re saying the same thing in a different way.

What are those things? So when you think about the performance phase, we were talking about skiing before we hopped on the show, but what, what are those things that you’re, that light you up?

David Zgarrick: Well, you know, in some ways, you know, they start with the real basics that I think a lot of us have the routines, maybe that many of us enjoy. You know, it’s interesting as I’ve moved into this. Phase mornings, you know, your your regular everyday working phase mornings can be a very hectic busy time for many families and many people because you’re obviously getting ready to get up and go to work and all that kind of stuff.

In this phase right now mornings are actually [00:03:00] one of my favorite times a day because it’s I, I You know, it’s probably fair to say I ease into my mornings. I have never considered myself a morning person. I’m not one of those people that, you know, jumps up and goes on a 10 mile run and then goes off to work or something like that.

That was not me. Um, I get up, I. Do my Sudoku. I do several of the New York Times puzzles that, you know, the word, all the connections that that kind of stuff. Um, I have a cup of coffee. I eat my breakfast. I think about what I’m going to do. Um, you know, one of the things that preferment has meant for me is taking better care of myself.

Um, and so things like, um, am I going to go to the gym and do a workout? Yeah, I do. The weather’s nice. Am I going to go up for a nice bike ride? You know, those types of things. If it’s a ski day, am I, you know, yeah, I’ll get up and get ready to put my stuff in the car and head off to the mountain and go skiing and all that kind of stuff, [00:04:00] even though so those things I do in the mornings are not nearly as rushed.

They’re just. Basically doing the things that that means something to me in our value to me and, and, and, and, and fit well with, with what I want to do. So, so from a, from a very personal sense, you know, that’s, that’s a lot of what performant is, is meant to me.

Tim Ulbrich: Dave, what I love about that is I think sometimes when we think about retirement or what we’re calling here a preferment phase, we have these grandiose vision of these big things, these big experiences, which there is a time and place for

David Zgarrick: Yeah. Oh, yeah. Very much

Tim Ulbrich: But often, I, I think it’s what you’re talking about.

It’s, it’s the flexibility of the day and kind of how you spend your time. And, you know, you talk about investing more in yourself and kind of the pace of the morning. Like these are the things that when we talk about living a rich life, you know, that really resonates with me. Like, and by the way, like [00:05:00] those aren’t crazy expensive things.

Um,

David Zgarrick: no. Exactly. Exactly. No, no. It’s, you know, doing my Sudoku and the New York Times crossword and a wordle and those kind of stuff. Those are those are pretty inexpensive things to do, uh, you know, going down to the gym to work out. Yeah. I pay a little bit for a gym membership, but in the big scheme of things, that’s, that’s not a terribly high expense.

Tim Ulbrich: Dave, one of the things in our previous conversation that really stood out to me was your mention of how important the early planning was, the, the foundation bricks that you laid early in your career that allowed you to get to a point of financial security, allowed you to get to a point of having the option, right, having this phase that we’re talking about now that you’ve been in this season for a bit of time, how has that planning impacted?

Day to day. Right. We talk so much about the accumulation and getting to this point. We don’t talk as much about, well, what actually happens [00:06:00] when you retire 

David Zgarrick: Those are great points because obviously you’re still planning. You’re still utilizing financial management and financial management skills. It’s it’s not like you get to the end of the road. It’s like, okay, I’ve got all my money and now I don’t have to do anything to worry about. You know, you still have to be engaged in in plan.

Um, you know, now probably more, you know, let’s just say this. I’ve always been engaged. Um, not just in saving money. I mean, I re I was reflecting on it. It wasn’t in our previous conversation, but I think you had posted this once. It’s like, you know, what’s, what’s your favorite fun way to spend money? You know, does every, everyone has a fun thing they like to spend money on and everything.

And I, I kind of answered that in a kind of a smarty pants way. But it’s like my, my favorite thing to do was actually save money. It made me feel good when I actually had some extra money that I knew that I could. And, and that was, um, you know, that sense of it’s going to give me options [00:07:00] down the road, you know, you know, whether it be maybe going on some fun vacation or something like that, or buying something that’s important to me, or, you know, being able to move into performance earlier than I probably had planned on doing.

And, um, you know, you know, having done that. You know, save that money really gave me those options, you know, spending money. Of course, you know, spending money is part of life. We all spend money and managing those skills, you know, the way you keep tracking your funds and the kinds of things you spend money on are things that I still pay attention to.

I still use Quicken, you know, all the time to basically track my expenses and, and keep tabs on what’s going on. Um, You know, I, I think it’s, it’s good to really remain engaged in that. I, you know, what, what I had a conversation with my financial advisor a few weeks ago, as we were going through, [00:08:00] you know, as we do most of the time, he goes to the Monte Carlo simulations of.

You know, how long is your money going to last under various situations and that kind of stuff. And, you know, his experience has been, you know, what, one of the things that most people who, especially people who retire relatively early, they, they do get somewhat, I don’t know if paranoid is the right word, but they’re, they’re concerned or somewhat overly concerned about running out of money.

Everyone thinks, Oh my God, I gotta be really, really careful. I’m going to run out of money. And my financial advisor basically told me, sit back, Dave, take a deep breath. You’re not going to run out of money. And here’s why you’re not going to run out of money because you never ran out of money before and you’re not, you know, unless you turn into some different person who starts spending money in a different way, you’re not going to run out of money.

I mean, yeah, maybe the markets go up and down. Maybe, maybe your resources become different. [00:09:00] You know what, you know what we all do in situations like that. We adjust, you know, um, you know, you know, one of the good things, I guess, about our lives. I mean, both myself and my wife were both pharmacists. So we were fortunate to have a fair amount of resources to be able to work with.

And when those resources are working with us, we’re. Enables us to do some really nice things, and that’s great. If, for whatever reason, those resources were not available to us, you know, we have a fair amount of, let’s say, discretionary in there, and we can certainly cut back on those discretionaries if we had to, and focus on, you know, what are the real absolute needs.

And, um, like I said, you know, I’m not really worried if anything, one of the. Conversations that my advisor has been having with us is reminding us it’s okay to spend a little bit more money. It’s okay to, you know, go on that trip or do those things. [00:10:00] Or, you know, our big thing this last year was buying a generator.

There’s an exciting way to spend. 20, 000, but you know, it’s, it’s actually something that was important. Um, especially given our, our move that we made over this past year, uh, moving from Colorado to Maine.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And, and I’m glad you’re mentioning this, this behavior of learning how to spend on some level. Well, at the same time, like Dave’s not going to become a different person that got him to this point. Right. And I think that’s important that we objectively look at the facts, not only in the Monte Carlo simulation, but also in like, how have you gotten to this point?

David Zgarrick: Exactly, exactly. I, I got to this point because yeah, I, I, you know, saved money and I was judicious of how we spent it and, and I, I remained that way, you know, those things have not changed because I’ve moved into the performance stage. [00:11:00] Mm

Tim Ulbrich: about that because we had a really good brief conversation before we recorded about, you know, yes, it’s the X’s and O’s when we talk about retirement, but it’s also about. You know, community for many people and everyone’s plan is a little bit different.

And for some, you know, it’s, Hey, let’s get to the warm, warm weather and be a snowbird and that’s a good fit. Others, you know, we were joking. It’s, Hey, let’s get in the RV and travel and see the country. That’s a good fit. But for many other people, it’s, Hey, what, what is the sense of community and why is that important to us?

And I think your move to Colorado and then your move back to the Northeast is a really good example of that.

David Zgarrick: That’s that’s a great example of that. You know, I’ll go back in time, you know, two, three years, um, when we first started thinking about, you know, going down this path and my wife and I were having conversations about where did we want to be? It’s funny, you know, we lived in Boston for a number of years and, Had originally thought, yeah, we’re probably gonna end up in Maine somewhere in retirement and all that kind of stuff.

And we were out driving around one day and my wife was like, well, [00:12:00] why don’t we check out? Colorado is in Denver is placed to retire. And it’s like, I love to ski. That would be great. And we did. And so we made the move out to Colorado and, um. Let’s say, obviously, there are a lot of positives from about Colorado, especially from a skiing standpoint and being out in nature and all kinds of things, but but there were things that we really missed, too.

And I think that sense, you know, having been in particularly the Northeast for as long as we had, you know, there were there were a lot of things that we missed about the Northeast and and. You know, again, I consider ourselves very fortunate in that we, you know, we made this decision to move out to Colorado and then a couple of years later, we made a decision decision to move back and I’m glad that we did, that we, you know, didn’t feel locked into our original choice.

You know, we are happy, very happy to be back [00:13:00] to the Northeast. Um, we do have, you know, you know, community here, you know, between folks we knew in Boston and folks we knew in other parts of the mid Northeast. Um, we, we’ve had, you know, people come and visit us here. I mean, I, I was joking, you know, we, we had more people probably visit us in our first two months in Maine than we did in our two years in Colorado.

And, um, And, and so it was, it was just nice to be able to host people here. We did something here when we moved to Maine that we had not done. And my wife and I’s essentially 35 years of being together. And that was actually build a house. You know, the house that we are here in Maine is we, we worked with a builder and essentially designed and built something, you know, literally from the ground up, um, it was.

Kind of good. I feel very happy that we waited that long, you know, to do that. I know a lot of people build new houses fairly early on and that kind of [00:14:00] stuff. And, you know, sometimes, you know, it, let’s just say it helps to know what you want as well as to know what you don’t want when, when you build a home.

And that’s probably a conversation for a whole nother episode of your, of your podcast to people that are thinking about building homes and, um, You know what, you know what goes into that process. And I’d love to be part of that if you never want to go down that road. Um, but, but, you know, yeah, we moved here back to the northeast and built a home.

It took about a year to get that home built. But, you know, we’ve been here since last May and are really, really happy to be back.

Tim Ulbrich: shift gears, Dave, and talk about your decision to stay engaged in consulting work while your financial plan doesn’t require it. You just talked about your conversation with your advisor. It’s going to be okay. You, you’ve made an intentional decision to stay engaged in doing consulting work. Tell us more about that decision.

Mm

David Zgarrick: I’ll say [00:15:00] what part of it goes back to what we were just talking about with community and we have various different types of community. I mean, you know, for many of us, it’s our friends and neighbors and people that we knew in the areas where we lived and that kind of stuff, you know, a community.

That’s very important to me is is the higher education community, particularly the pharmacy education community. It was a very. Mm hmm. Important part of my, of my being for, you know, essentially 35 years and, and there are, um, many folks within that community that I’m still very much connected to, um, and I, and I stay engaged with them.

And now, in some ways that staying engaged is through doing little bits of teaching. I still, um, you know, have colleagues at various, I think this last year, I, um. Taught anywhere between one in six courses at six different universities. So, [00:16:00] um, you know, and much of that online. Some of it. Some of it. I actually did go, you know, visit campuses and that’s that’s I can’t begin to tell you how much I appreciate that.

I like. The teaching in person as opposed to, you know, what so many of us have done over zoom and all that kind of stuff over the pandemic. So, so getting back into classrooms and physically meeting with students. Um, other, you know, a couple of universities I’ve been working as a, as a consulting, doing some faculty development work, doing some leadership development work.

Um, again, it keeps me engaged and involved. Um, yeah. You, we and our listeners know that, you know, there are challenges and very significant challenges in pharmacy and particularly pharmacy education right now. And, you know, what, one of the things I recognize as a consultant is I don’t have all of the answers.

I don’t have a magic wand. I’m not, you know, bringing me in as a consultant is not going to make your problems go away. Um, [00:17:00] But, um, but what I do bring is a perspective. You know, I bring a perspective by bringing experience. Um, I can help others who are dealing with issues similar to what I and other experienced leaders have dealt with over the course of our careers.

And we, we share a little bit about what we’ve learned. And at the end of the day, I, you know, I, you know, especially when you’re a consultant, I, you know, I recognize Transcribed What I am and what I’m not, and you know, what I’m not is a savior. I’m not, you know, somebody who comes in and solves all the problems.

What I do bring is a perspective. And at the end of the day, you know, I take a step back and say, ultimately, this is your problem to solve. It’s not my problem to solve. I’ll, I’ll provide you with this information and this feedback and this help, and at the end of the day, you’re, you’re, you’re, you on your end, they’re going to decide what you want to do.

And, and that’s, I guess that’s another nice thing about being in the performance [00:18:00] stage of life is I’ve gotten very good at saying that’s not my problem.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. Yeah. Or here’s what I can do and I can’t do.

David Zgarrick: Here’s what I can do and here’s what I can’t do or won’t do. So, I mean, you know, one of the things from the teaching, I mean, I’ve made a conscious decision. I’ve had colleagues at other universities come to me and say, Hey, Dave, would you like to? Teach this course, you know, not just a lecture or two, but come in and teach an entire course.

And that’s something I’ve taken a step back from and say, no, I won’t do that. I don’t want to be in charge administratively of all of the aspects that are involved because because teaching a course is, as you well know, is so much more than just coming into a classroom and giving lectures

Tim Ulbrich: You’ve served your time there. You’ve done it. Ha ha ha.

David Zgarrick: Exactly. And, and that’s, yeah, no, that’s, that’s, that’s not an area that I, that I want to be involved in anymore. Yeah.

Tim Ulbrich: And your story is such a good one, Dave, for me, uh, and it’s an inspiration to me when I, when [00:19:00] I think about retirement, um, I don’t foresee a point in time, you know, outside of, of health concerns or something that doesn’t allow me to work of not doing, you know, something, money aside, you know, I, I just value.

That feeling of being engaged, of contributing, and it’s a two way street, right? So when you’re consulting with universities, whether you’re teaching or, you know, consulting, uh, with the leadership teams, whatever you may be doing, of course, you’re providing your experience and offering value. But that’s a two way street back to you of, of that sense of feeling of, of contribution and, Hey, you built a career and have gained these experiences and skills and to be able to share those.

Yes, you’re going to get paid for it as a consultant, but I would argue there’s, there’s perhaps even a greater value that comes from a sense of contribution.

David Zgarrick: Yeah. No, I mean, it all comes down to, I mean, I, I have a pretty simple mantra these days. I mean, I, I want to do things that I value and I want Okay. [00:20:00] What I do to be valued by others. I mean, and there’s all kinds of ways to define value. I mean, you know, there’s, there’s what one gets paid, of course, but, you know, there’s other things that you and I both do that, you know, maybe the sense of value isn’t in what we.

Get paid for doing, but it’s in how we’re making that contribution. And is that contribution important to yourself? And is that contribution important to the others that, that you work with? And, um, you know, so long as I feel that sense of value, I, I choose to engage myself. And, and, you know, on the other hand, you know, there are places where I no longer.

Feel that sense of value and I have made conscientious efforts to step away from those things. Um, you know, I, I don’t, you know, again, it’s, it’s, it’s a, it’s very nice being at a [00:21:00] point in your life where you don’t feel you to do something.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. Dave, I remember probably three months or so ago, you and I had had touch base. And one of the things you mentioned was how stark of a transition it was. To go into retirement where you’re no longer day in, day out, interacting with colleagues. Uh, and I know that shifted a little bit with the pandemic.

Maybe that was a, a, a, a little bit of an off ramp, you know, and, and reduced that. But tell us more about that. Was there anything else that really surprised you about the transition?

David Zgarrick: Well, I was gonna say, when I when I think about the transition, I mean, on one hand again, I think about mornings and working out and taking better care of myself and all those good things that I know that I’m doing a better job of now that I that I was doing before, um. Maybe one of the aspects of the transition that has been more challenging is, is feeling like you are [00:22:00] part of something that is important or has a higher purpose.

Um, you know, when we, most of us, when we work within our jobs or careers, we are working as part of organizations and there’s a reason we’re there. We want to be there. We want to contribute to, to something that we know is, is important. Bigger than ourselves, whether it be taking care of patients or, you know, educating students or, or doing the research that we’re involved in and that kind of stuff, we, we know that there’s that higher, bigger purpose to, to what it is that we’re doing.

And as, as you transition into retirement preferment, um, you know, you’re, you’re kind of stepping away from that. And, um, one of the things I, I had this realization a few months ago and, and. You know, we, we think about our spheres of influence and, you know, when I was, um, doing my work in higher education, you know, there’s a lot of value that’s put into how big [00:23:00] that sphere of influence is and, and how many people are you influencing?

What types of influence are you having on them, and that kind of stuff. Yeah, as I’ve, as I’ve made this transition, one, one thing you, you have to realize is, you know, for the vast majority of us, our, our spheres of influence are, if anything, becoming smaller as, as we step away, as we make that transition, I’m no longer, you know, in a position to, you know, influence as many people or, you know, make as many decisions that, that I had, um, previously, um, Um, And I’ve come to realize that’s okay, because the people that I do have influence with, and the people that I am, shall we say, involved with, is a smaller group of people, but in some ways we have deeper and more meaningful types of relationships, you know, the people that come and visit us here in Maine, the people that I go and visit [00:24:00] In, in other places and that kind of stuff, they’re, they’re the people that we have really made conscientious decisions about staying engaged and involved with, and I’m, I’m not going to name names here.

I mean, those people know who they are and I know who they are and we, you know, make very much, um, Decisions to to be part of each other’s lives. And I and I can’t begin to tell you how much I value those relationships. And I and I get the sense that those people value me. That’s that’s why they’re they choose to have me involved in their their circles as well.

And, um, again, I, you know, as we I’m now I I judge not so much about it. You know, what’s the number of people that I influence or the number of clicks I get or anything like that. It’s just how much do I value the ones that are really, really important to me.

Tim Ulbrich: [00:25:00] Yeah, what I’m hearing there, Dave, is, is depth over volume, right? Obviously in the,

David Zgarrick: much

Tim Ulbrich: in the role that you were in, you had a significant opportunity at the institution level, at the association level with your involvement to have a volume impact. And not to say you also didn’t have a depth of impact. Of course you did.

But here we’re talking about a more intimate number of individuals with an opportunity to go. Go much deeper. So that’s beautiful. I do want to talk about X’s and O’s for a moment. And you know, you, you retired at a time, as we often say that the time at when someone retires is one of the most important decisions are going to make.

David Zgarrick: it is.

Tim Ulbrich: There’s things that are out of our control sometimes, but there are things that are in our control. Like how have we prepared for entering into something like a volatile market? And while you retired into a market that has continued to overall trend up, it’s, it’s had its fair share of volatility. And so how have you planned for that in advance and how has that played out?

So that the volatility really isn’t impacting [00:26:00] you a whole lot.

David Zgarrick: You know, one of the things I’ll go back to it. I know this is something I touched on in the previous podcast is the important role of working with others, including financial advisors. There’s a tax advisor that I also have for many, many years. My tax advisor was actually my father. Father, um, my, my father, while he’s still alive and is still doing others, people’s taxes, I, I, I have a good laugh.

He actually dropped me as a client, uh, the, the, the, the year that my wife and I, um, had three different state tax, um, you know, taxes to filing in addition to our federal and, and move to from one part of the country to another part of the country, that kind of stuff, my, my dad said, you know what, I’ve had enough, you find yourself somebody with, uh, you know, who can help you deal with all of that.

The different things of that kind of stuff. And so it’s important to work with those things. I mean, we’re pharmacists, we’re smart people, we like to think that we [00:27:00] can do a lot of this work ourselves, and we do a lot of this lifting ourselves. But there’s also things that are Very, very helpful to get advice on that are not inherent to who we are, the kind of work that we do.

And I have certainly come to appreciate the contributions that our financial advisors add, um, farmer, um, that our, our tax person has had, um, you know, they, they keep me, they give me information. That’s, that’s very, very helpful. Um, so that you don’t necessarily have to, shall we say, worry about. A volatile market, you know, you know, the, the, you know, you know, starting with, let’s say, the value of having some cash sitting around.

So, so that, you know, one of the realities of life, of course, whether you’re retired or not, is you will have expenses and you will need cash for those expenses. And so how, how you deal with. You know, having that cash [00:28:00] and where that cash is and how accessible it is to you and those types of things that, you know, I’ve gotten very good advice over, over the course of the years, um, from the folks that I work with and, um, and they, they’ve really helped us, um, you know, not worry about, gee, the market went up.

2 percent the other day or down 3 percent the other day or something like that, you know, um, you know, I’m, I don’t worry about, gee, do I have to time that out or anything like that? I mean, yeah, timing is important and you always want to sell into an upmarket. So to speak, um, and, and so, so the good news is, yeah, making sure that you have a cash reserve set aside so that you’ve got the cash when you need it.

And when you need to raise some more cash, you can have the luxury of waiting until, yeah, the market’s doing a little bit better. Let’s, let’s sell off some assets now and, and then keep that back in our [00:29:00] cash reserves.

Tim Ulbrich: The, the visual that’s coming to mind for me, Dave, as you’re talking and thinking back to our previous interview is, you know, if we think about your nest egg. You’ve, you’ve built this bubble kind of around it, uh, to protect it and, and to give you some options and flexibility of if, or when you need to pull from it.

Right. It’s the cash on hand. Uh, it’s the consulting work that you, you’ve been doing, obviously the hard work and diligence that you’ve done to maintaining a lifestyle that you have, uh, some margin, you know, uh, month to month. And in two 92, you talked about, you know, what was your WTF fund and how your emergency fund.

That thankfully you didn’t have to pull from very much, was able to just grow, grow, grow. You didn’t borrow from it. And then eventually that became an important cash resource when you got into

David Zgarrick: is. And essentially it’s, you know, when we think about a nest egg, of course, you know, a nest egg is no one single, you know, asset for, for most of us. It’s, it’s a variety of assets. Um, it was the WTF fund. It’s our. [00:30:00] Base retirement savings funds. It was equity that we had in real estate and other types of assets for us.

There’s some, uh, life insurance assets in there as well. You know, there, there’s a variety of different assets and, you know. Good news is, I mean, we, you know, you know, we had retirement savings. We have not touched a single dime of those retirement savings yet. And that’s by plan. Um, you know, you know, we’re honestly the, the other assets that we had that allowed us to make this transition, you know, we’re, uh, you know, the, the plan was that we would have five to seven years of assets, um.

Set aside before we would even think about starting to utilize our retirement assets and, and that’s still very much the plan. Um, you know, we’re, we’re sitting here right now, you know, still, in essence, using the WTF fund to finance, you know, what our life is now. And in terms of. You know, real estate. [00:31:00] Yeah, we were able to make the transition from Massachusetts to Colorado back here to Maine, essentially working within the equity envelope of the real estate that we owned and still still work within that envelope.

It’s, you know, you know, making this move did not create, you know, additional obligations or additional expenses. You know, really, you know, we’re, you know, honestly, the cost of living in Maine is even a little bit lower than what the cost of living in Colorado was. So we’re, you know, probably even coming out ahead a little bit, even though we had, of course, you know, expenses involved in making that transition.

Tim Ulbrich: rename Dave, my emergency fund bucket, my WTF fund, because what I like about calling it that is it, it’s a mindset shift, right? Because when, when things happen, you know, I’m thinking about an issue we’ve got going on right now with our roof and, uh, you know, it’s those moments, especially when you’re working so hard on other goals that [00:32:00] if we have prepared for that.

And we can be somewhat lighthearted about it, which is like, that sucks, but let’s write the check and move on. That’s a totally different mindset shift than like, uh, like I’m so mad and frustrated.

David Zgarrick: I’ll go back to one of the things I mentioned a little bit earlier. I mean, my wife and I, it’s not exactly the sexiest or most desirable purchase that we made over the course of a year, but, but we, we made a decision to, to buy a whole house generator, um, for this house. And one of the things we learned relatively quickly after moving to Maine is the power goes out.

And the power may go out for days at a time and, um, and you want to be prepared for that. And yeah, one could go down to Costco and buy just a little generator that might keep your house, you know, keep something going or something like keep your refrigerator running or something like that. But that’s probably not what you really wanted to rely on or depend on.

Um, so, so we did buy a whole house generator [00:33:00] and yeah, there were expenses involved in getting the generator and having it professionally installed and all that stuff. But at the end of the day, I was, I was happy that, yeah, not only that we could do that, but we just had the resources to be able to do that.

Um, Going back to even the, the, the major decision about when to retire, you know, one, one thing I reflect on it, you know, most of us don’t, you know, it’s interesting. A lot of us think, yeah, I’m going to, I’m going to work at age 65 or 67. And, and if you do that, that’s great. You know, I, I, I think in, in our case, you know, we had just both gotten to a point where our, our personal values, let’s say we’re increasingly becoming different than those things that were valued by our employers and, and there was.

Not much that either of us were going to do to change how our employers actually did things. The only people we could actually influence or change were ourselves. [00:34:00] And, and the decisions we made was to consciously step away. Um, and, and we, you know, again, our ability to be able to do that was predicated by a large amount by the fact that we did have a fund set aside that set was, yeah, maybe originally was like, if there was some emergency pop up or something like that, like I said, we were very fortunate.

We never had that emergency. The fund kept growing. And at the end of the day, the fund was such that it It provided us with a bridge to be able to step into performance, maybe a bit earlier than, than either of us had originally envisioned. And, um, at the end of the day, I was really, really happy that we had that fun.

Tim Ulbrich: Dave, a subtle, but important thing I’m picking up on is the, the frequency of the we and our language. And I bring this up because I would remiss if I didn’t ask, you know, transitioning into retirement for couples. [00:35:00] It’s a household decision, and sometimes those timelines align, sometimes they don’t.

Sometimes people are on the same page. Sometimes there’s not. Uh, and everyone’s situation of course, is different, but any any wisdom you can shed there in terms of how you have navigated this?

David Zgarrick: terms of how we navigated it. It was interesting because I think for many, many years, my wife and I had actually quite different visions about how we were going to approach this. I, you know, retirement was probably something in retirement. Financial planning was probably fair to say a little bit more on my radar than it was on my wife’s.

You know, I. Yeah. My father was a good example for me in that he too retired relatively early age 57 and 27, 28 years later is still around and is still a retired still doing what he likes doing and is doing very well. And that was a great example for me. Um, I think my [00:36:00] wife originally was going to. Had every intention on keeping on working even after I took a step back.

Um, it’s fair to say then COVID happened and, um, you know, for all of us that work in healthcare and work in the healthcare fields, um, you know, that was a real seminal event. for a lot of people. And it was interesting, you know, while I as a college professor made this transition and was, you know, all of a sudden started working from home and doing zoom meetings and all that kind of stuff, um, which had its own set of challenges.

Um, my wife was a pharmacist at a hospital. Um, and as we all likely know, hospitals kept Working during the pandemic and those people that worked at hospitals kept on going in and, um, which, of course, had its own set of challenges. And I think going through those challenges, um, really. Change my wife’s mindset as well, [00:37:00] in terms of, you know, how much longer do I want to keep doing this?

And do I feel valued by, um, the organization that I, that I work for? And, um, you know, we, you know, as 2020, 2021, 2022 is happening. I think we both Increasingly, we’re on the same page that, you know, this, this is a good time to make a make that switch. And we, we know that there have been many others of us that have have joined us.

If anything, it has created, I’ll say one challenge in retirement and moving from one part of a country to another part. Now, back to this part is finding health care. Uh, we, we know that there have been many other health care professionals that have taken the last few years and have said, yeah, I’m going to step away.

And, um, that has, of course, created some challenges for a health care system that was challenged to start with in many ways. Um, and so, um, yeah, there is, [00:38:00] there’s been a challenge. It’s been, um. You know, getting health insurance, um, finding health care providers, getting appointments with those health care providers and all that stuff.

But again, that could be a whole nother show for another day. Okay,

Tim Ulbrich: I didn’t give you a heads up about this one, but I think it’s so important that we lean on your wisdom as we think about our listeners in different phases of their career. So Dave, I’m thinking about three groups.

Obviously everyone’s on their own path, but I’m thinking about those that are in the first five to 10 years, new practitioners, those that are in the middle of their career, and then those that are coming up on retirement. Uh, in the next five or so years. And so let, let’s start with those that are on that front part of their career, first five to seven years, new practitioners, they’re facing, you know, significant amounts of student loan debt, expensive phase of life might be starting a family, trying to buy a home.

[00:39:00] Getting started with investing, all these things. What advice would you have for that group? 

David Zgarrick: Start early. Jump in. Don’t be afraid. I mean, yes, you you do have obligations, particularly student loan debt and everything that you that you are going to have to take care of and do take care of those things. But get into the habit of saving money being, you know, being mindful of how you spend money.

And that’s not to say don’t do things that you want to do. It’s not just It’s about taking care of your needs. It’s about, um, you know, having your wants and, and making sure that you’re taking care of those as well. But, but jump in, don’t, um, don’t get into, um, analysis or paralysis by analysis. Don’t, don’t, you know, basically say, oh my God, there’s all these things that I have to do.

And then at the end of the day, you end up not doing anything. Um, jump in.

Tim Ulbrich: How about those pharmacists, Dave, like myself and that midpoint of their career where, where they’re looking at retirement and it’s [00:40:00] still perhaps off in the distance, but they can feel it. It’s, it’s coming, uh, often in a very expensive. You know, phase of life, maybe, maybe the student loans are gone. Maybe they’re not.

Uh, you know, I think about our situation, uh, for, for kids in the house, expenses are, are high. We’re thinking about kids college where maybe perhaps some listeners, they’ve got elderly parents, they’ve got young kids or they’re kind of in that middle. What, what about advice for them?

David Zgarrick: Have a plan, develop a plan, and then let that plan work out. Uh, you know, one of the things that Really helped us was, shall we say, being able to save for retirement to do things without having to make a lot of day to day conscious decisions. I mean, you know, for example, you know, most of us work for organizations where we can set aside money.

And and have that money, you know, basically, you know, it’s going to go into certain pots and it’s going to work and do certain things and just so have a plan. Let it [00:41:00] do that. You know, don’t don’t necessarily. You’re right. We all people in the middle of their careers are have very, very busy lives and a lot of other obligations.

And so the less you know, the less that you have to even Think about, you know, financial management is probably a good thing at this stage of your life, yet still having that plan in place. I’m not saying don’t be engaged in financial management and don’t do these things, but but have a have a pathway or a plan such that, you know, try to make things as automatic as possible so that you don’t have to put a lot of day to day effort into into managing these things.

Uh,

Tim Ulbrich: well, like put the plan in place and then automate it so important and Dave, that final group, those coming up on retirement, maybe in the next five or 10 years about to make that transition. Yes, financially, but also for the things beyond the numbers.

What, what advice would you have

David Zgarrick: [00:42:00] you know, take some time to think about what you want your life to be moving forward. I mean, there is, you know, most of us are not in situations where we have to retire or step away at a, at a certain time at a certain date. Um, you know, and, you know, to those folks that are still really enjoying what they are doing every day, if that’s, if that’s what makes you, you.

Then then do that. Keep doing that. I guess in some ways, you know, when it comes out to have that conversation with yourself, what makes you you? What is it that that you really value and is really important? Is it time with your spouse time with your family time taking care of yourself? Um, your community?

Where do you want to be? Who do you want to be with? You know, ask yourself those types of questions and and then think about how do you make Those things happen. Um, I’ll say people in our age [00:43:00] frame right now is the ones that are getting later in our careers and so forth. Um, you know, we, we still have a variety of obligations.

We think about to, you know, one of the things that I think is very incumbent upon many of us in our age age, we’re, we’re fortunate in many ways and it’s that many of us still have parents around and so forth, but they are aging. And one of the things we see is my, my wife’s, uh, my wife’s mother passed away about a month ago.

And you’re constantly reminded of Nothing is forever. And you do want to make sure that you are taking the time to spend time with people who are important to you and to do the things that are important to you. Whether it may be take that big trip or go spend time with family or whatever, because, because you do realize.

You know, even though we plan for, yeah, retirement could be 20, 30, 40 years. Um, nothing’s guaranteed. Nothing will be forever. [00:44:00] And, and, and so I think as you approach, you know, moving into making that transition with the mindset of who do I want to be, what’s important to me, what are my values and then how do I live those values?

Um, You know, that that’s certainly been our mindset as, as we’ve approached, um, you know, especially the last two, three years. And, and I anticipate that’s what it’s going to be as we continue moving forward.

Tim Ulbrich: Dave, such wisdom there. We really appreciate you taking time to come on the show. I know you’ve been an inspiration to me and this is certainly going to be valuable to our listeners and our community. So again, thank you so much. And, uh, looking forward to following up in the future again.

David Zgarrick: Thank you. Thank you so much, Tim. Uh, again, you provide such a wonderful service to, to so many of us, um, in our profession and beyond, you know, there’s so many people that can benefit from the type of work that you do, and I’m just happy to be part of it.

Tim Ulbrich: Thank you, Dave. Take care.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP Real Estate Investing 132: Rent vs Buy: Does Buy Still Make Sense?


Tim Ulbrich, YFP CEO talks with Nate Hedrick, PharmD and David Bright, PharmD as they break down the rent vs. buy dilemma in today’s market, tackling equity, flexibility, financial strategy, and key market insights.

Episode Summary

Tim Ulbrich talks with real estate investors Nate Hedrick, PharmD and David Bright, PharmD as they dive into the rent vs. buy decision in today’s housing market, offering practical insights and real-life experiences. They explore the financial benefits of both options, the role of equity, and the flexibility renting provides. Their discussion highlights the importance of understanding local market dynamics, strategic use of home equity, and aligning decisions with personal and financial goals

Key Points from the Episode

  • [00:00] Introduction to Rent vs. Buy Discussion
  • [05:00] Market Perspectives: Optimism vs. Pessimism
  • [09:58] Analyzing the Rent vs. Buy Decision
  • [14:48] Benefits of Renting: Flexibility and Cost
  • [20:09] Understanding Equity in Homeownership
  • [25:02] Leveraging Equity: HELOC and Financial Strategies
  • [24:30] The Stability of Homeownership
  • [27:16] Navigating the First-Time Homebuyer Dilemma
  • [30:19] Starter Homes vs. Forever Homes
  • [32:13] Understanding Micro Market Dynamics
  • [34:44] Defining Your Vision for Homeownership

Episode Highlights

“ If you were buying in 2020, 2021, you looked like a genius if you sold the house a year later because the property values were just skyrocketing so quickly. That is not going to be the case anymore.” -Nate Hedrick [8:50]

“ We have to remember that not any decision should be one that we look at in a silo. So we can run the numbers on a rent versus buy and maybe we have a clear answer. But then when we zoom out, things might change.” -Tim Ulbrich [11:34] 

“ There’s a big chunk of cash right there that we’re then locking up right into that home. And that could be very valuable, but also there’s an opportunity cost that we have to consider where those dollars could be used elsewhere in the plan.” -Tim Ulbrich [18:03]

“ You can’t paint an index fund to make it worth more, but you could paint your house to make it worth more, right?” -David Bright [26:06]

“ Renting is not always bad. And if we’ve been told that story, like. I think we need to unwind that a bit.” -Tim Ulbrich [35:34]

“ Take your time to assess what you want and then assess it for yourself. Like, don’t listen to what your best friend is saying, or the guy at work who is frustrated with his rental properties. Figure out what you want to do. Figure out what works for your local market, investor or buyer and then make a decision based on that information.” -Nate Hedrick [37:43]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: David and Nate, welcome to the show. Hey, always good to be here. Thank you. I should have said welcome to your show, uh, as, as I’m having a chance to, uh, take the mic and, and pick your guys brain on an important topic, rent versus buy. And really excited to talk about this since it’s a topic we’ve talked about at length before in various shows, but today’s market adds a, as a whole new wrinkle to how we think about the rent versus buy decision.

Your last episode, 131, we’ll link to that in the show notes, revisiting your 2024 projections, looking ahead to 2025. Now that we’re two weeks into the new year, anything you guys feel the need to correct on your projections, or you still feel good on what you’re thinking for 2025? 

David Bright: I guess I’ll throw out there, I’m, [00:01:00] I’m cautiously optimistic, uh, and I would say, I, I can’t be a pharmacist to not be cautious, right?

So that’s just how we roll. So I’m cautiously optimistic that there’s opportunity out there. But I think one of the things we, we talked about in the last podcast is just really knowing your numbers, really being intentional, just double checking your math. And that’s something that pharmacists are good at.

So if you can be disciplined in doing that work, I think there’s still good opportunity here in 2025. 

Nate Hedrick: Well, I’ll take the flip side. I’m cautiously pessimistic at the moment. I just ran numbers on like 20 deals just this past week and none of them worked. And I just, I’m in a funk right now. So I’m going to, I’m going to play the bad guy card.

I I’m sure it’ll, it’ll figure itself out. But I was like, I was bummed last week. I was looking at just dough van. It was like, I got to find something here and nothing worked. But that’s, that’s just how it goes sometimes. 

Tim Ulbrich: We caught Nate on the back end of running some numbers that didn’t work out. Didn’t work out, 

Nate Hedrick: but that’s all right.

You got to run like a hundred deals before you have like two or three you can offer on it. Just how it goes. So I had [00:02:00] a bad week. That’s okay. 

Tim Ulbrich: If we get more specific, I’m curious to hear from both of you guys as investors that have experience in several different types of real estate, buy and hold, fix and flip, syndications.

You know, how are you looking ahead to 2025? I know, David, you said cautiously optimistic, Nate, cautiously pessimistic, but is there, is there pockets or things that you’re excited about or things that you’re like, I’m kind of staying away from, from this in 25, David, let’s start, start with you. 

David Bright: Yeah. I, I think that just from, from talking previously on the show, I, I really enjoy the fix and flip and the single family rental.

Like I feel. Most experienced and most comfortable in those two spaces. And so I think that the single family rental still has opportunity. I think there’s some real difficulty with that traditional 1 percent rule where. You, uh, you can generally think of a house as a viable rental if you can make 1 percent of the purchase price of that house as a, as a monthly rent [00:03:00] figure.

And you know, people have debated the 1 percent rule for forever, and some say it should be higher or lower than that. But at least that, that gets you in the ballpark of if it’s time to do. What Nate did in doing the more complex analysis from there to see if it really, really works, but that kind of just quick litmus test might, might be helpful.

And so I was really excited that we found one this morning and then I got beat on the offer. So we, uh, we didn’t get it, but, um, yeah, I think, I think that those opportunities are going to be out there. I think that they’re just, they’re going to be more difficult to find, but I still think that there’s a need, particularly in an overarching housing shortage.

For good, respectable, safe, single family rentals. 

Nate Hedrick: I think you’re right, David. I think the trick is going to be finding those like diamonds in the rough. You kind of have to find something that needs some work. Um, like I said, I was just running numbers and everything that was like even vaguely move in ready, just like the prices were just through the roof and with interest rates where they are.

Uh, we just had a tax increase here in Cuyahoga County. [00:04:00] So they did the, um, every six year, like reassessment. So like property taxes are up for market value. And so I think all those things are kind of running into each other at the same time, and it’s just making the numbers really tight. And so you have to have something where you’re going to be able to put dollars into it, inject value, and then you can get it out on the back end.

Tim Ulbrich: Funny, you mentioned property taxes, Nate here, fresh on my desk. I got our, uh, notice, uh, yesterday and I was reflecting on the increase. And related to our discussion today, right, you know, the, the fixed 30 year mortgage at 3%. Great. I’ll take that all day. Uh, the escalation in property taxes that we’re seeing here, both with our primary home and our commercial property up in New Albany is, is wild.

Um, and you know, I, I think it’s just one of those factors that we think about when we discuss, you know, should I buy or should I rent is. You know, do, do we have some of that margin, right? That we’re going to have these increases in utilities, in property taxes, in upkeep and [00:05:00] maintenance and so forth. And, and I bring that up as a challenge to our community, where I think for many pharmacists, they might, you know, see somewhat of a flattening of that income and those expenses can be felt more over time.

And so we need to constantly be asking ourselves is, Hey, is our income keeping pace with these are hopefully beating, but at least keeping pace with some of these expenses that are going up. Over time. So let’s transition into our discussion for today. Buy versus rent. Again, an age old question with a new wrinkle and that new wrinkle being today’s housing market, the economic environment that we’re in, you know, I often hear David and Nate from pharmacists, especially if I speak to a group of pharmacists that are maybe just coming out of school, you know, where there’s that blanket advice from mom and dad, right?

Which is like always buy rent, destroying money down the drain. You got to build equity. And David, you sent over an article from the New York Post that we’ll link to in the show notes that I think it’s just challenging this question again in today’s environment and in today’s uh, interest rate environment and the housing shortage that we have.

And so before we get [00:06:00] into specifics on the value of buying versus the value of renting, I want to get both of your perspectives. Nate is a realtor, also is an investor, and David is a buy and hold investor. On what you’re seeing out there in the market related to this buy versus hold in today’s And today’s climate, Nate, let’s start with you.

Nate Hedrick: Yeah, so I, again, like you mentioned, I, as a realtor, I’m going to be a little biased on this. Um, but I have some numbers behind my bias, so maybe that’ll back it up. But, but generally speaking, uh, if you’re going to be in a place for, uh, a longer period of time, and I would define that as, as a couple of years or more.

Generally speaking, it’s going to be better to, to buy, right? You’re going to be able to mitigate some of those costs. Um, and of actual purchase price, right? Like the, the loan closing costs and the taxes and things like that. Um, with the appreciation that houses is likely going to see over time. Um, shorter than that, I still think it’s, it’s viable to rent.

I will say like typically if you’re going to be there for a shorter period of time, the renting can be [00:07:00] better because the price can be lower. But what I’m seeing now is that rent prices have gone up so much that even that is starting to fall away. And where you could have a situation where it actually might be better to buy even if you’re only going to be there a year because you can hold on to it, rent it out when you’re done or sell the property later when you’re done and it actually might be a wash at that point.

So that, that timeline for me in, in, in our target market here in, in, you know, Northeast Ohio, um, has really kind of shifted down. I know that’s not the case in higher cost living areas, but rent has just gone up so much that it’s making it, it’s making it harder. 

Tim Ulbrich: Nate, as we see appreciation starting to come back closer to historic norms, right, we had a, uh, massive appreciation, you know, I think about post pandemic and, you know, that changes the decision of, of maybe how long you have to be in a home before you can break even when you think about closing costs, fees, taxes, et cetera, as we see that appreciation level returning more to quote normal, Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah. Does that impact how you think about the timeline at all in terms of being at home to [00:08:00] break even? Yeah. 

Nate Hedrick: I mean, absolutely. Right. You have to kind of factor that in. But, uh, I think that, so it’s funny, you mentioned the getting your property tax bill. So like I said, here in Cuyahoga County, we do it every six years where they’ll reassess your home when it, when it transfers.

And then if you’re sitting in that house, they’ll reassess all the houses every six years that have just been kind of sitting there, not selling. And in our market, the lowest. City like municipality increase was 22 percent the highest markets were closer to 70 percent increase in market value 70 percent all coming at once right every six years, right?

So they’re just hitting everybody at one go. And it’s just, I mean, it’s a huge, huge increase that’s taken place. So I think, like you said, that has shifted down, right? We’re not nearly that crazy. I don’t think we’re going to see that level of crazy over the next couple of years. So it does impact that, right?

You can’t just, uh, David and I have talked about this on the podcast in the past, that if you were buying in 2020, 2021, you looked like a genius if you sold the house a year later because the property values were just skyrocketing so quickly. That is not going to be the [00:09:00] case anymore. But even despite that, you’ve got to weigh that with how rent prices have increased because that’s the, that’s the flip side of that, that decision.

And we’ll come back 

Tim Ulbrich: to this in a little bit, but I think it’s important because when we hear things like, Hey, buy a house because you’re going to build equity, certainly when we zoom out over a long period of time, history would tell us that that’s true. And in fact, many people, uh, the data suggests that they’re building their wealth and part of the retirement plan through their home value going up over time.

Now, I don’t think that’s necessarily the case for many of our listeners that are probably saving substantial amounts outside of that. But what we have to remember is there’s a difference between equity and cashflow today. Right. So, you know, I, I’ve seen, uh, we moved into our house in 2018. We bought it for three 45, five, it’s funny how you never forget the numbers, right?

Certain numbers, uh, three, three 45, five. And I think last I checked, you know, Redfin or whoever says, Hey, it should be worth, you know, five, 10 or whatever, whatever the number is. That’s great. But guess what? My property taxes are coming up today. That impacts the budget today. [00:10:00] The equity, unless I’m borrowing against that equity to leverage and use it elsewhere in the financial plan.

I don’t feel that equity. You know, right now, so we have to also consider that in the decision, David, from a buy and hold investor perspective. How are you viewing the rent versus buy debate in today’s market? 

David Bright: Yeah, I think it’s going to be very, very market specific is Nate. You gave some great examples of Cleveland area and what it’s looking like there.

Um, I was talking with someone else in a different market and they were saying that to buy their house would be about 3, 000 a month and to rent their house would be about 2, 000 a month. And that’s just the house payment. So not, not counting the furnace that’s going to go out, the roof that’s going to need replaced the, even if you just want to do paint and flooring, like just paint and flooring can be really expensive in a house too.

So with those kinds of considerations there, when they were describing that they probably only want to be in that house a couple of years while they get to know the area better and find their more forever [00:11:00] home, it started to make a lot of sense to. to rent instead of buy in that, in that market because of that spread on the monthly cost.

And Tim, to your point about the monthly budget, allowing you to save up for that down payment for that eventual, uh, forever home. So I think that it, I think that the market specifics are really going to play into this decision for different people based on what the rent looks like in the area versus what a monthly mortgage payment would look like.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. The other thing I would add to this discussion is I think about the work that we do at YFP and looking holistically at the financial plan. We have to remember that not any decision should be one that we look at in a silo. So we can run the numbers on a rent versus buy and maybe we have a clear answer.

But then when we zoom out, things might change. What else do we have going on, right? Are we, you know, looking at student loans and for someone who’s pursuing a loan forgiveness pathway versus an aggressive repayment, two very different strategies and impacts on On a monthly [00:12:00] cashflow. So as we look at the rest of the plan, you know, what else do we need to be saving?

Are we on track for investing in retirement planning and all the other goals that we talk about, how does this home piece and within that, the decision to rent versus buy fit within the broader context of the financial plan. And that’s so important because when we feel this pressure, you know, to buy, and if someone’s telling us, buy, buy, buy, maybe that’s the right move.

Maybe it’s not. Um, but. Are we looking at it in the context of, of everything else that’s going on as well. Let’s talk more about the potential benefits of renting. Nate, we’ve been alluding to the importance of flexibility, um, as we’re having this discussion, especially in today’s market where moving can mean significant transition expenses.

When we talk about the cost of transition, the cost of moving and why that timeline piece is so important. What are we actually referring to here in terms of these costs? 

Nate Hedrick: Yeah, I think, I think you said it perfectly, like flexibility is, is [00:13:00] that, is that piece, right? Because if you buy And you are locking yourself into that home, right?

Like we said, if you want to get value on it, if you want to make a financial decision, you have to be able to, uh, uh, sell it at a certain period, or you have to be able to rent it out and make it viable, or else it’s going to be this, this handcuff that you’re kind of stuck to if you, if you end up having to move.

If you go the rent route, you build in that flexibility. You let yourself be able to make a change much more rapidly. I’ll give you a perfect example from my own real life. My brother lives out in California and bought a house a couple of years ago. Loves it. Great house. Fantastic. Um, but decided this summer like, Hey, I want to take some time.

I can work from anywhere. I work for a tech company. I want to like travel to Europe for a couple of months. And I want to live in Japan for a while. Well, there’s a whole house that he has to like figure out what to do with, right? He has to rent that out, get someone to take care of it, make sure the lawn is cut, make sure that, you know, if there’s a storm, the solar panels haven’t flipped off the house or there’s a lot that goes into that, that just really brings down your flexibility.

So I [00:14:00] think in today’s day and age where people are, are looking for that, where their jobs are more flexible, they’re, they’re changing jobs more frequently. They. Are doing things like a sabbatical, I think buying a house actually locks you into something that makes it just a little trickier to do that.

And so when you’re talking about like, Hey, I might rent just because financially I’m going to lose a couple hundred bucks a year or whatever, but the flexibility is worth my, my peace of mind, like that’s a completely viable option. Yeah, 

Tim Ulbrich: I’m especially thinking about the people that might be in a known state of transition, right?

You know, I’m coming out of a residency or coming out of the fellowship. You know, sometimes we have this idea and, and there’s no judgment here. I remember having these feelings as well, where it’s like, Hey, we’re in an area and we’re going to be here forever. Well, like that changes, right? We thought we’d be in Northeast Ohio, uh, forever.

And then I realized I can’t listen to Brown sports radio anymore. It’s atrocious how depressing it is. So like, we got to move, we got to move to Columbus, right? Um, but that was a move I would, we would have never anticipated. [00:15:00] Now, thankfully we’re in that home long enough that, you know, we mitigated the costs of that transition, but.

Sometimes what we think is known may become unknown, and you know, that flexibility piece is a really important one that we have to consider into the equation. Now, on the flip side of that, we’ll talk about how one of the big values, I think, of having a home is just that sense of stability and community and being in a place that we often can’t put a number to.

Um, and so that, that flip side has to also be considered. David, beyond flexibility, what else comes to mind when you think about the potential benefits of renting? 

David Bright: Yeah, I think the the dollars and cents really ring true like if I put on a fix and flip hat I tend to budget Whatever the sale price is, I’ll walk away with 91 percent of that, that I, I tend to figure 9 percent of the final sale price will go to, uh, realtor fees and transfer tax, closing costs, and some of those things, and that percentage is going to be different at different price points and different [00:16:00] markets, uh, but, but that can give you a ballpark figure to think about, and in addition, when it’s your own house that you’re living in, if you’re going to hire movers, if you’re going to Buy different furniture in a different house.

There’s a, there’s a lot of costs there. So I think that plays into the flexibility piece of if this is a temporary house, then that starts to make me nervous from what those costs are going to be. I think another factor might also be the timing of all that. So if you buy a house and you’re thinking of like Tim, your equity example is fantastic.

Like how much equity has gone up. And then I think a lot of us tend to think, well, that creates great equity as the down payment for the next house. The issue being then you have to sell the first house to unlock that equity. It’s, it’s trapped in that house until it sells. So it creates this timing issue of you sell to access those funds to put down in the next property, or you need to be saving for that as well.

So I think the dollars [00:17:00] and cents bring some, some complexity to that. Yeah. 

Tim Ulbrich: And, and I harped on this a little bit, but I’m going to go back to it because I know so many of our listeners can resonate with this. And it’s something that Jess and I felt in our own journey that they might see their net worth trajectory going in a very positive direction, but they don’t feel that they don’t feel that right.

Because often it’s, it’s, it’s net worth that might be locked up in equity in a home or it’s net worth that’s locked up in a 401k or an IRA. So part of the financial planning process is when we’re making some of these decisions There’s an important liquidity piece as well that if we want to find this balance between growing and building our net worth for the future, yes, it’s important, but living a rich life today also important part of living that rich life today is having some liquidity and flexibility to do things, the things that we want to do, um, and sometimes not always market specific.

Sometimes renting might give us more of that flexibility, um, and allow us, especially when we think about if we use a traditional 20 percent [00:18:00] down on a home. Now, I know a lot of pharmacists may not necessarily do that. There’s a big chunk of cash right there that we’re then locking up right into that home.

And that could be very valuable, but also there’s an opportunity cost that we have to consider of where those dollars could be used elsewhere in the plan, whether it be other goals or experiences or other things that we haven’t touched on. I also think about from, from our experience, we rented a condo.

Uh, I know Nate, you’ll know where this is. Monroe Falls, uh, was our first rental. Um, and there was significant savings on time and money on upkeep and maintenance. Um, you know, someone took care of the property. I think about the amount of time in our current home, whether it’s hiring contractors or dealing with downed trees or, you know, taking care of the lawn and, you know, we can’t grow grass because the kids are playing and whatever it is, like there’s a lot of things that we have to factor and consider that’s both time, mental energy and financial related.

And so that could be one of the other, uh, benefits potentially of, of, of renting that we need to be [00:19:00] thinking about. Let’s turn the page and look further at the benefits of buying. So Nate, the one that typically gets the most attention, we’ve, we’ve mentioned a few times now is building equity, building equity, building equity.

We throw that term around a lot. What, what does that even mean? And does it really matter as much as we think it does, especially as we’ve been talking about this question of liquidity? 

Nate Hedrick: Yeah, it’s, it’s actually a good thing to like take a step back on. Right? So, so equity by definition is just the, the, the intrinsic value that’s sort of like left in the house.

Right? So if I buy a hundred thousand dollar house. With 20 percent down, right? I’m putting 20, 000 into it. Uh, and, and 80, 000 loan. Well, over time, I’m paying down that loan, right? I’m paying down the balance and hopefully the property is also going up in value. So, let’s say we’re five years down the road and it’s worth 150, 000 and my loan balance is down to 75, 000.

Well, now I’ve got 75, 000 in equity, meaning if I were to sell the house today, That’s the difference in value that I’ve sort of created for myself. [00:20:00] Uh, some of that is, is the original down payment that you put in. Some of it is appreciation. Some of it’s loan payoff. But all those things are basically increasing the buffer between what you owe and what something might be worth.

Now tapping it is, is there’s lots of ways to do that, right? We could sell the house to get that money back out, to get the equity back out. Like David said, we’re going to lose some of that to fees and things like that. You could also refinance, uh, but you can’t usually tap all of that equity. Just like when you put down 20 percent to purchase a home, when you refinance to get either a HELOC or do like a cash out refinance or something like that, you have to leave some of that equity in the property as collateral for the bank.

So they might do Uh, 90 percent loan to value, meaning that they’ll give you 90 percent of that 150, 000, but you got to leave that other 10 percent locked into the property. So we can tap that equity in multiple ways, or like you said earlier, Tim, if you just kind of sit back, right, and do nothing, uh, that equity is sort of stuck in there, right?

You might see [00:21:00] that on your net worth balance sheet, but you’re not putting it into your pocket if you’re just kind of sitting back. So. So equity is this thing, this kind of elusive thing that you really only see when you go after 

Tim Ulbrich: it. Let’s talk about the leverage of the equity a little bit more, uh, when we think about something like a HELOC.

So what Jess and I have done Pretty conservative, probably overly conservative is we’ve taken out a HELOC and, uh, probably time to increase the HELOC just with what’s happened with appreciation. Um, but we’ve never drawn on it. So I kind of view it as a, as a backup to a backup of an emergency fund, or if, if the right opportunity comes up, whether that be real estate or business or something, uh, where the calculated risk makes sense.

Obviously that calculation has changed just given the interest rates on the HELOC. Then it’s there, right? And we have access to it, uh, when, when we need it, I think both of you, correct me if I’m wrong, have used a HELOC before it actually leveraged that in terms of real estate transactions and kind of getting some of that off the ground.

Can you speak to that a little bit [00:22:00] further? And that may or may not be right for other people, but it’s, it’s something to consider of, Hey, we’ve got this equity building and maybe want to be more conservative. That’s just a tomorrow thing. It’s part of the retirement plan, or maybe there is an opportunity to leverage it today.

Nate Hedrick: Yeah, I’ve done it myself and I’ve had investor clients do it as well where they’re using that HELOC for either, uh, purchasing the, the property itself or doing the rehab. Um, we use ours most recently on a rehab where we actually tapped the HELOC to help fix up a house. Um, and then once we refinanced, they immediately paid that off, right?

The, the advantage years ago was then you HELOC at three and a half percent. It was like free money essentially, right? Now ours is closer to prime. Um, I think ours is most recently a credit score got us down to like prime minus, which is really cool. Um, but it’s still like 7 percent on the HELOC. So, uh, you can tap that money and use it for whatever you want.

It’s, it’s, it’s free cash, but you’re paying 7 percent of that every single year. And so you have to, you have to keep that in mind. So, um, yeah, it’s a completely viable option. But [00:23:00] the, David will tell you this every single day. You have to have a plan for that because if it just sits there. Now, all of a sudden you’re losing money by, by tapping that because you got to make sure you’re, you’re making up the difference in the, in the value that you’re, you’re adding with the money that you’ve taken out.

Tim Ulbrich: It reminds me of one time my dad shared with me, uh, you know, when it comes to a business, line of credit’s a really good thing if you have a plan. Line of credit without a plan, not a good thing. Yeah. Right. I think a VLOC with a plan, because what I hear you saying in that example is, Hey, even if it’s seven, seven and a half percent, whatever it is now.

If you’ve run your numbers, you’re, you’re just factoring that into the equation. And by the way, if something changes, a delay or whatever, you’ve got a backup plan and, and, you know, are able to work through that. So David, what about, what about for you? 

David Bright: Yeah, I, I love the emergency fund philosophy for it also, because I think particularly as you get into real estate investing, emergencies can get bigger.

If something goes wrong. And I think as you are buying a house and making some of these bigger life decisions, emergencies get bigger than what [00:24:00] they may have been prior to that level of complexity in your world. So when you have, uh, kids growing older and multiple cars and, and all kinds of things like that, I think it, it.

Can help me sleep at night as the conservative pharmacist, just knowing that there’s access to that kind of money and that kind of liquidity when necessary. 

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And I think in theory, everyone’s risk tolerance was different, but it does open up the door, you know, to take some more calculated risk in other areas.

When you know, you’ve got that as, as a backstop as well, David, in addition to building equity and, and potentially leveraging that equity, what, what other benefits of buying come to mind for you? 

David Bright: I think one huge thing that’s, that’s hard to put down in dollars and cents is just the stability of that house.

And so if you’re looking for something in a specific school district, in a specific area, part of town, something like that, if you’re renting, depending on the, the laws in that state, once that lease is up, you may need to move [00:25:00] whether you’re ready to or interested in moving or not. So. Uh, that’s, that’s a potential complexity.

So the stability because you own it and you can stay there as long as you reasonably want to is, is something. There’s some predictability in that as well with the, with the payments. I think what we’ve talked about already with property taxes is a really good asterisk on that equation. I think another one that I think is gonna, I think we’re already seeing headlines and I think we’re only going to see more headlines on it is.

Property insurance as well has gone up quite a bit. And as we see things like, uh, like the fires in Los Angeles and things like that, there’s some really significant expenses coming up. And if that continues to drive, uh, property insurance up, then. You know, we need to budget for those kind of increased costs.

So, but at least some predictability on the principal and interest payment on that loan. Um, plus I think that one of the things we’ve, we’ve talked about too, is when your different [00:26:00] investments allow you different opportunities to, to push those yourself and, you know, Maybe what we’ve talked about before is you can’t paint an index fund to make it worth more, but you could paint your house to make it worth more, right?

So there’s some opportunities, whether it’s hiring a painter, whether it’s doing the sweat equity yourself of getting in there and taking a property that’s not all that pretty, but by making it pretty and nice, you can, you can increase the value to even if you’re not, uh, the handiest person on earth.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, I love what you said about the predictability, at least on the principal and interest side, assuming it’s a fixed rate mortgage, um, you know, while also recognizing we talked about property taxes. You gave another good example, homeowner insurance. That was one of those bills I got in December. We pay it once a year where I was like, what percent increase, what are we talking about?

Yeah. Right. And we need to remember the way insurance works, right? Natural disasters in Florida or natural disasters in California. Have a far reaching impact from an insurance standpoint beyond just those areas, you know, and I think we’re seeing that happen [00:27:00] in terms of, of premium increases. I want to talk to our first time homebuyers, Nate, and let’s start with you, you know, this is a question I get a lot, which is, hey, we’re looking at buying a home, maybe we’ve been sitting on the sidelines.

We’re wondering, right, do I keep sitting on the sidelines? I was hoping rates would drop in, in 24. Maybe we saw that a little bit. Rates trending back up ish. I think we’re hovering back around 7%. Do I wait? Do I make a move? We’re talking about long term appreciation, you know, obviously there’s a, there’s a shortage of housing.

We’ve got lots of buyers in the market that pent up demand is only going to potentially get worse. What, what, what, what words would you have to share to those first time home buyers? 

Nate Hedrick: Yeah, I get this question all the time. In fact, I just had a brand new pharmacist client that, uh, is going to start looking here in Cleveland.

And the last question she asked me as we were kind of going through like our buyers presentation was, uh, is it, is it actually a good time to buy? Like, should I be doing this right now? Right. And that question comes up all the time. And I think it’s a really hard thing to answer because Baker says it great [00:28:00] on the podcast all the time, right?

Like trying to time the market is really difficult. Time in the market is better than timing the market, right? And so it’s the same with housing. It’s a very difficult thing to say, well, this is the perfect time because prices are blah, blah, blah. And interest rates or whatever. It’s a very difficult thing to get, to get right.

Um, so what I would say is if you are in a market where things continue to appreciate. Right? And most markets are that way right now. Uh, Every month you wait, is more down payment you’re going to have to find, is more house payment you’re going to have to make down the road, right? If things continue to go up.

Now, if things pull back and things, things decrease, like that’s a different story. But what we’re seeing is that as these appreciations continue to go up, people are like, well, I’ll wait because then my payment will be lower when the interest rates are lower. The payment is actually going up because the houses have gone up and the price they have to spend has gone up.

They could always refinance down the road if interest rates come down, uh, but you can’t change the housing costs if, if [00:29:00] appreciation continues. So I would love to say, just sit on the sidelines until all the housing prices come down. Um, but what I’m seeing is that there aren’t a lot of market factors.

There’s a housing shortage right now, right? And so there aren’t a lot of market factors that seem to indicate housing prices are going to come down dramatically. And so waiting doesn’t really seem to be a benefit at this stage. I just, I just, I don’t see the point in that quite honestly. 

Tim Ulbrich: And the number of buyers sitting on the sidelines is compounding now, right?

So, you know, I think we’re, we’re obviously dealing with a competition piece that’s there as well. And, and Nate, I’ll put a plug here because the timing’s good in terms of what you’re doing with the real estate RPH and the home buying concierge service. So if we have folks that are listening and saying, Hey, I’m wondering.

Uh, about, you know, the home buying decision, whether you’re in the mix right now or thinking about on the horizon. Uh, we’ll link to, uh, Nate’s website, real estate RPH on the show notes, but, uh, be a great chance to get connected with Nate and have that conversation and, uh, find an agent that would be a good fit for you.

David, what are your thoughts from, from the, uh, investor perspective? 

David Bright: Yeah, I think [00:30:00] that a lot of this discussion depends on what you’re buying. So I know it’s really tempting the brand new grad getting out of school first job with a real paycheck where you can buy like brand name mac and cheese instead of generic mac and cheese.

Let’s go. All those like big life changes. I feel like that’s the point at which a lot of pharmacists want to find their forever house right away. Um, and I think we’ve talked about some of those risks of job changes and life changes and things like that, where that forever house that you think you want it at, you know, 25 may not really be that forever house.

So I think that there’s something in there about, uh, if, if you’re, if you’re looking for more of that starter home, that creates so many more options because it’s probably at a lower price point. It’s probably going to then have a lower down payment, lower monthly payment consideration. And one thing that we’ve.

We’ve kind of hinted at, but we haven’t really said out loud yet, is the opportunity to, to buy that house with the intention of it being a rental and you’re really just thinking of it [00:31:00] as renting from yourself, retaining it as a rental down the line. You may find the best of both worlds though, where you’re thinking of it as, as a rental.

This doesn’t need to be my forever home. This doesn’t need to be the home that I’m truly in love with. But this is as good, if not better than somebody else’s rental. Instead, I can be the landlord and I can have that stability. And then when I’m done with it, it can be a great investment when I go buy my forever home.

So I think depending on what you’re looking at, it could be a, a really good time to jump in. That’s 

Tim Ulbrich: a really interesting perspective, David. And I think just some of the pre planning that would have to be done to go in with that mindset. And then also thinking about certain associations, rental restrictions, other things, making sure you’re buying with that in mind, if that’s the goal and looking accordingly.

One other area we have to talk about is the micro market considerations. We’re talking global trends here. Um, I always think about Ramit Sethi on his podcast. He lives in New York city and he’s like the rent, rent, rent guy, right? [00:32:00] Like. You know, don’t feel the pressure to buy. And he’s obviously come in his perspective of like buying a home in New York city, doesn’t make any sense.

We’re coming from the perspective of the Midwest, the micro market considerations have to be considered because then we start to really look at the numbers and not just talking these generalizations of a buy versus red. Nate, what are your thoughts on, on the micro market? 

Nate Hedrick: I mean, the classic line is that real estate is local.

I mean, you have to know your own market to be able to make that decision. I mean, like you said, everything we’ve been talking about, we’re, you know, we try to keep a global perspective on it, but we are so biased toward the Midwest. I think when you look at a 200, 000 starter home being four bedroom, two bath, like you don’t get that.

Anywhere on the east or west coast, like it’s just not a thing. Um, and we’re used to that as like, it’s a normal, like, Oh yeah, I can get those in this market and that neighborhood and that school district. And like, it’s just very different. And so I think you have to know your local market. Um, and if you don’t know your local market, get somebody on your team that does.

Get a really good local real estate agent to [00:33:00] actually explain this stuff, because you, you have to know it. It makes the decision. It totally changes how you can make that decision. 

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And David, we’re not just talking city, right? You know, I think about Columbus. Like Great example, we live south of Grove City here in Orient, probably no one’s heard of Orient, smaller rural town, you know, vastly different in terms of when I think about property taxes, school district quality, other factors versus 15 20 minutes away in Upper Arlington, New Albany, Westerville, etc.

So, David, it’s not just the city, but it’s, it’s the, it’s the micro micro, right, that we need to get, even within neighborhoods, to be frank. 

David Bright: Absolutely. I think, yeah, you, you look at those cities within a city, you look at the school district, you look at the, even down to the area within that. Is that kind of a path of progress?

Is there something going in across the street that’s going to change that neighborhood? Is there a A new development happening, uh, one block 

Tim Ulbrich: to 

David Bright: a next. And, and even, uh, I think the example that a [00:34:00] lot of people overlook when they’re shopping online and looking at beautiful listing photos is. What are the, you know, the neighbor’s houses?

It could be a gorgeous house next to two completely run down, boarded up properties, or it could be a gorgeous house next to more gorgeous houses. And the, those factors on that block could even make up a significant impact into desirability and price points and those kinds of things. 

Tim Ulbrich: I want to wrap up by.

Just giving some global perspective from each one of us on, on really answering the, so what question? What, what do I do with this information to really inform my own decision making whether I’m a first time home buyer, or maybe I’m looking at potentially making a move, or I’m thinking about investing in a property and I’ll kick us off for, for me, it’s really going back to what is the vision?

What is the why? So what, what are we trying to accomplish? And David, I think your example is a really good one. Like if I’m looking at purchasing a property that. Maybe I can start to build as an investment property and, and really be the, the renter and eventually, you know, have [00:35:00] my first investment property.

That’s a very different philosophy than potentially, you know, I’m, I’m in a state of transition or I want to experience different parts of the country, or we’ve got a young family and we’re looking for stability. We’re starting in kindergarten, whatever would be the case, what’s the vision and, and really trying to move away from the generalizations of, Hey.

You know, buying is good. Equity is good. Renting is bad and really layering on what are your goals and desires. And then overlapping that, of course, with what’s happening in the markets in which you’re looking at. And I think just reminding ourselves that every market is different. Renting is not always bad.

And if we’ve been told that story, like. I think we need to unwind that a little bit. It can depend on the market, um, in terms of what’s happening that year, in terms of the local geography of that market as well. And one more time, making sure we’re zooming out. So, you know, what else is going on in the financial plan?

And when we think about the vision and the why of buying or renting and what that means to us, and [00:36:00] we overlap that with other goals, whether that be paying down student loan debt or other debt, saving and investing, traveling, experiences. What actually moves the needle for you? And where does this home buying decision, where does it rank among these other things?

I think sometimes we can feel these pressures to like buy something. And then I sit down with someone and really what matters most to them maybe is travel or experiences or giving or other things. And as Ramit Sethi, I think often says so well, like let’s spend money on the things we care about and not spend as much money on the things that we don’t care about.

And so. I often use cars as an example, but for people that might be housing, where some people, that sense of community and having your own place. Being able to make it your own, being able to work on projects around the house, that derives significant value and for other people, not as much. And I think just having that honest conversation with ourselves is, is so important to inform this decision.

Nate Hedrick: Nate, 

Tim Ulbrich: what about for 

Nate Hedrick: you? I think your last point was actually just really worth reiterating about like, do what is valuable to you. [00:37:00] Um, I talk to so many people, both investors and buyers, that just like buy a thing. And then six months later, like, why did we buy this house? Like we didn’t actually want this.

We didn’t actually need that. We didn’t realize we couldn’t sell it. We have to hold it. Like, there’s all these things that like, it’s easy to get wrapped up in the, well, this is what I’m supposed to do next thing. And not actually taking a step back of like, what do I actually want to achieve, right? Maybe it’s, I want to take a year to assess if Columbus or Cleveland or Miami is the place I want to live.

And it’s a great idea to rent there for a year while you figure that out, right? Uh, and then decide, okay, well, now that we’ve lived here, we realize we do need an outdoor space, or we absolutely need a basement, or, you know, whatever those things are. Like, take your time to assess what you want and then assess it for yourself.

Like, don’t listen to what your best friend is saying, or the guy at work who is You know, frustrated with his rental properties, like figure out what you want to do. Figure out what works for your local market, investor or [00:38:00] buyer, uh, and then make a decision based on that information. 

Tim Ulbrich: And sometimes to your point Nate, you’re surprised by when you get into the area or get into the home.

Oh, I never really thought about the value of this feature of the home or this aspect of the community. I’ll give a small, maybe what feels like a silly example. But when we moved in our home, currently it had a wood burning fireplace. And I’m like, Oh, that’s cool. Like That’s a deal breaker now if we ever move like I love the wood and like the memories that have come from like for us It’s Sunday night football and we’re throwing you know, wooden the fire and we’re hanging out like That’s the rich life, you know, for us.

And, and I couldn’t have anticipated that. That seems small, but it’s a big 

Nate Hedrick: deal. Super funny that you say that Tim, because that was actually on our must have lists and our realtor at the time, this is again, like 11 years ago now, thought we were bonkers for being like wood burning fireplace is a must have.

He’s like, don’t you mean like 2, 400 square foot and above? And I’m like, no, I mean, wood burning fireplace. So I totally get it. And for other 

Tim Ulbrich: people, they’re like, I don’t want to deal with the hassle of that. [00:39:00] That’s fine. They’re like, can I convert this to gas? And I’m like, stop, 

Nate Hedrick: you can’t. 

David Bright: David, what about for you?

Yeah, I think it’s, it’s a season of really cautious, really honest math and making sure, you know, we, we’ve talked about all the surprises that can come out there, whether it’s property taxes or homeowner’s insurance or moving costs or. Uh, the cost of furnishing and fixing up a house every time you move.

I think just being really honest with that math is, is helpful. Whether that’s, whether you’re thinking as an investor and needing to also think through additional costs like property management and major repairs coming, or whether you’re thinking through as a, as a short term or long term homeowner in that space with what repairs are coming up soon.

And because I think as we do that math, you can, you can start to more objectively identify, well, if the, if the price point. Is really high, but the rent would be much lower. Maybe it does make sense to rent or if, uh, if they’re [00:40:00] really close, maybe we think about one versus the other. I think the math can really help as long as you’re really comprehensive and what that math means.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And speaking of intentional, comprehensive, cautious math, there’s a great rent versus buy calculator tool out there that I often like to reference. I’ll link to that in the show notes. It was published by the New York times. I think it really helps to. Just put numbers and try to make it as apples to apples as we possibly can, right?

We all know the emotional feeling when you’re looking at homes. Nate, you and I have often joked about this on the show before where someone’s, you know, I’m thinking about buying in one or two years and then they start searching and like, we’re buying tomorrow, right? It can happen and, and I think really looking at the numbers and trying for this to be an apples to apples comparison or at least as close to possible and then layering on top of the calculations can be some more of the, the emotional factors that we’ve been talking about throughout the show.

Great stuff guys. Uh, as always, Nate, David, appreciate your expertise. Appreciate your perspective. Thank you for letting me hijack your show, uh, as the [00:41:00] host, uh, for, for this episode and, uh, looking forward to your, your content throughout the year. So thanks so much guys. Appreciate it. Thank you.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 393: Ask YFP: Growing Your Income & Saving for Kids College Savings


YFP Co-Founders, Tim Ulbrich and Tim Baker answer two listener submitted questions about growing income and saving for your child’s college education.

Episode Summary

In this episode, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD and Tim Baker, CFP tackle two listener submitted questions. Cory from Arizona seeks advice on how pharmacists, in addition to cutting expenses, can increase their income to achieve their financial goals. Amanda from Minnesota, inquires about 529 college savings plans and balancing it with other financial priorities.

Key Points from the Episode

  • [00:00] Introduction and First Question
  • [00:40] Strategies for Pharmacists to Increase Income
  • [04:40] Diversifying Income Streams
  • [06:03] Entrepreneurial Ventures and Non-Traditional Income
  • [07:31] Importance of Salary Negotiation
  • [11:51] Investing for Passive Income
  • [13:48] Next Question: Saving for Child’s Education
  • [14:47] Understanding 529 College Savings Plans
  • [19:56] Balancing Education Savings with Other Financial Goals
  • [26:30] Conclusion and Resources

Episode Highlights

“ The more specialized or niche that you are, the more attractive or the more you can, you know, kind of demand, from, like, a salary perspective.” – Tim Baker [1:19]

“I love the idea of, like, growing top line income. Right? That excites me because. If you can figure a model out you could potentially uncap your income. That’s exciting.” – Tim Baker [10:43]

“ If we can have a North star of what’s the desired output, we can then backtrack into  what do we need to be saving today based on a set of assumptions. ” – Tim Ulbrich [19:39]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Let’s jump into our first question, which comes from Cory in Tucson, Arizona.

Hey YFP crew, how can a pharmacist grow their income? With a high floor, low ceiling profession like ours, finding ways to increase money coming in may be of interest given there is only so much frugaling you can do. And if I frugal anymore, my wife and kids just might revolt. Thanks, and no pressure, you just might save this household.

Tim Ulbrich: Corey, thanks so much for taking time to submit your question. Tim Baker, what are your thoughts?

Tim Baker: Yeah, so I was thinking about this from the pharmacist angle. Versus like, how can I make additional money where you could sell things, recycle, donate plasma? Anybody can do that. But I’m really thinking about this from the pharmacist angle.

I kind of think about it. in really two parts, the first part being where my feet [00:01:00] are and what I’m currently doing. And then what is outside of what I’m currently doing? You know, if we talk about diversifying your income streams or exploring entrepreneurial ventures. So I think the first part is, if you’re a pharmacist and XYZ organization, you know, and again, this is going to be dependent.

And I realized that. The more specialized or niche that you are, the more attractive or the more you can, you know, kind of demand, from, like, a salary perspective, we know this through, like, board certification and things like that, Tim. So it could be that right.

And, you know, our niche is working with pharmacists on their financial plan. If I go back in time and, you know, I commented on your posts on LinkedIn about you, shifting away from academia to go to YFP. And I was thinking about my own journey. And like, when I was launching script financial, which is now YFP, you know, I could have said, Hey, it’s Baker financial advisors, but I don’t think that would really speak to anybody except for myself.

I think being niched, in [00:02:00] any type of profession can be really helpful, for your career. And I think about this, and we’ll talk about a little bit in the 2nd part of this question of, building, a brand when I think of, oncology and pharmacist, I think of, a particular person.

Kelly Carlstrom, if I think of, geriatrics, I think of a particular person functional medicine. I think of a particular person. If you can distinguish yourself, as the, thought leader in that particular niche. That can lead to other, opportunities to make income.

So it could be specialization. It could be pursuing leadership positions or additional opportunities within your organization, to make additional income. And I think the other probably more obvious thing, Tim, that a lot of pharmacists, maybe aren’t great at is just negotiation.

Right? So If you kind of look at a traditional financial plan, it’s kind of where you’re at. What’s the balance sheet? Where are we going goal set in it’s fundamentals like a savings plan, cashflow and budget and [00:03:00] debt. It’s investment retirement, looking for more of the longterm stuff.

It’s wealth protection, insurance planning, and a state planning. That’s essentially a financial plan. But one of the things early on, in my career at script and then YFP was. Really talking about sour negotiation. And I think what I was seeing that there was a lot of meat left on the bone with regard to this transaction, so to speak.

So, you know, I would talk to a pharmacist and then say, Hey, good news, Tim. I just got a new job or. Whatever it is, and I would say, great, like, what did you counter and it would be like crickets, right? And I think the response that I would typically get is like, I didn’t, I didn’t count.

I was just happy to have a job. And I’m like, I totally get that. I totally get that, but I think having some tools to be able to advocate for yourself in those moments. And it’s not just when you change jobs, I would argue that you should have those conversations.

Really, at a minimum, [00:04:00] anytime that you’re talking about your review, if you get reviewed, twice a year, once a year, that type of thing. I think if you can develop some of those tools to advocate for yourself, you put yourself. In a better situation to grow your income as per the question, and it’s often a missed opportunity where it’s kind of uncomfortable.

Maybe it’s a little yuck that we feel greedy that we don’t necessarily. Put ourselves in a position to make the most that we can. So from the, where are we at perspective, you know, pursuing leadership positions, potentially specialize in, and negotiating your salary. Those are 3 things that if I’m a pharmacist, I’m saying, hey, those things I should do.

 I think the other. Two things, diversifying income stream, entrepreneurial stuff there. I kind of lump those together. So it could be, you know, part time or per diem work. I know I talked to some pharmacists. They’re like, I want to earn income. But then when I’m like, well, why don’t you pick up an extra shift?

They’re like, they want to strangle me. And I understand that. But I also would say here, Tim, I [00:05:00] think some of the trap that pharmacists fall into is. Any additional income has to be on par with what I make as a pharmacist, and I would push back on that. So as an example, if you make 70 an hour as a pharmacist, like any additional money that you make has to kind of be, on par with that.

And I think that doesn’t necessarily play right. So I would put that as and again, it’s a trade off, right? 

So I think you got to have to figure that out and what’s a good number there. So it could be part time or per diem work. It could be consultant. It could be MTM. It could be, you know, just working with long term care facilities or clinics, medical writing.

We’ve had clients that have been really successful at that could be teaching or precept in freelance work that kind of falls into the medical writing or drug information resources, that type of thing. So I do think that there’s lots of opportunities out there. It’s just matter of, like, [00:06:00] finding them and kind of getting into a rhythm of, okay, this is worth my time or it’s not, 

other things that could be something like, hey, you take a bold move and you open your own pharmacy. I think there’s a lot of innovation to be had there. I know there’s a lot of pharmacies that are open and they’re kind of operating outside of insurance. It could be to start a consultant business.

It could be to develop a product or service. I know we’ve talked to some of these fellowship programs across the country, and we’ve seen pharmacists that in fellowship, are developing a product, that is really exciting. And it could be, something that’s more non traditional whether it’s building a personal brand, content creation, trying to, start a blog, monetize it, a YouTube channel.

Public speaking, which I know can be somewhat tough. Sometimes, we give that away for free. And that’s, the system in which we’re in, or writing a book. Obviously, you have some experience with that creating courses. I think there’s a lot of things out there. To potentially do, and try and I think the goal here is to figure out what is the goal for this additional income is to pay down a debt. Is [00:07:00] it to retire early?

Is it fire? Those types of things. And if you can kind of align again the things that you’re passionate about, and monetize it, that’s great. But that doesn’t always like work out, right? We know that sometimes we just got to pay the bills and that’s the focus. So, again, thinking about this from a pharmacy perspective, that’s kind of where I took it.

But there’s a million other ways. I think you know that you could potentially earn additional income. That’s kind of more or less non pharmacy related.

Tim Ulbrich: And I’m glad you took that approach to him, right? Because, you know, if we open up the doors beyond pharmacy, of course, we get into things like real estate, right. And other types of opportunities, which are certainly possibilities, but I also love that you asked a really important question at the end of your answer there, which is like, what are we trying to achieve?

What are we trying to accomplish? Because I think as Corey alluded to in his question, there can be a frugality fatigue that can happen. You know, over time, we often talk about cutting expenses, cutting expenses, cutting expenses, and certainly that can help us as we’re trying to achieve any goal, whether that [00:08:00] be putting extra towards savings, whether that be paying down debt.

But there’s also the income side of the equation, which is what we’re talking about here. And of course you put both those together and really good things, you know, start to happen, but what is the goal? What are we trying to accomplish? And I think in this discussion. Because you bring up a really interesting point that, you know, when you talk to pharmacists that are looking for extra income, it’s like, Hey, how many professions are there where you’re making 70 bucks an hour, you can just go pick up extra shifts and they’re like, Tim, I don’t want to go pick up extra shifts.

And it’s interesting because then it’s like, all right, tell me more. And they’re spending 

hours upon hours upon hours and not earning nearly what they could in picking up extra shifts. And, and I say that not out of judgment out of that, but out of, you know, What that tells me is, well, maybe there’s something here just beyond the dollars and cents, like, is there an interest or a passion, or, you know, I really just want to kind of tap into a different creative side of this work that maybe I’m not getting or feeling in my everyday work.

And, and all of [00:09:00] a sudden the conversation changes a little bit of like, sure, there’s a financial aspect, but maybe there’s also some type of, you know, purpose or creativity outlet or something of what are we trying to accomplish? What are we trying to do? Through earning additional income and diversifying these streams.

Tim Baker: Yeah. I, I, I think, uh, another, you know, point to that. Cause if people talk about, oh, you can get paid to do your passion. That’s a great thing. One of my first entrepreneurial endeavors was like, I was second grade and I got really big into like drawing different Garfield and things like that.

And I started a shop and I had all these orders. And then I got behind track, you know, I was charging like a quarter for every drawing. And then it became like a job. I’m under this deadline to get these drawings out. And I’m like, man, I hate Garfield. I don’t like Bart Simpson anymore.

I kind of became like a passion of mine kind of became a job. And that was like, you know, a kind of a core memory of mine of like, man, I don’t want to do something like that again. So that it can have negative consequences, but [00:10:00] yeah, I mean, like. I think a lot of people are like, yeah, but what about, you know, what about my student loans?

You know, I have to make additional money to get through that. But I’m like, well, maybe there’s a different path, you know, maybe, looking at, you know, where you work and you can do something similar from a for profit to a nonprofit that kind of allows you to work smarter, not harder. 

That plays. So, you know, there’s probably a question. We probably need to go a question or 2 or 3 deeper on Corey’s question again. If we were in kind of a client planner type of environment to kind of get to the core of that, but as an entrepreneur, I love the idea. You know, everyone talks about, oh, we have to cut expenses.

I love the idea of, like, growing top line income. Right? That excites me because. If you can figure a model out you could potentially uncap your income. That’s exciting. But often takes a lot of work in iteration to figure out what that is. If we’re talking about it from a business perspective.

Tim Ulbrich: a few resources to that we have in this area that we’ll link to in the show notes. I want to [00:11:00] make sure folks are aware and they can dig deeper. We’ve got a blog post that goes back a while now. 19 ways that pharmacists can make some extra money just to get the ideas going. On episode three 88 recently, I interviewed four pharmacist entrepreneurs.

That are doing very different things and a couple of them, still working, full time in their pharmacy jobs while they pursue their businesses, wide array of different types of experiences and how they have monetized their clinical expertise. So check out that interview. I think it can stimulate some ideas.

And then finally, we’ve talked about salary negotiation before on this show. We’ll link to that. I think that’s an incredible resource and you articulated well. It’s a skill that often we don’t have, maybe aren’t comfortable with, but that might move the needle more than anything we’re talking about here.

Especially when we think about the compound effect of that.

Tim Baker: yeah, and probably something to also interject him, you know, obviously, I’m a financial planner. So maybe someone’s like sitting here listening and thinking, like, why isn’t him talking about like, invest in for like passive [00:12:00] income? 

But sometimes I talk to prospective clients that are like, hey, I want to invest for passive income. And I need it like next year and what I would say is, is that typically when you’re investing for income, you’re typically doing that over a lifetime of investing where you’re, you know, we will take the 4 percent role.

Right? If you manage to accumulate a million dollars in an investment account from a retirement planning perspective, the rule of thumb is, if you take 4 percent of that or 40, 000, that, portfolio can. Last for 20, 30 years or longer. In that case, it’s less about appreciation of stock mutual fund ETF prices and more about safety in principle. So you’re not taking as much risk. The income, the dividends, the interest payments are creating that 4 percent of that 40, 000 for you to live off of.

So obviously it takes time to do that. Now there are certain [00:13:00] examples. Where it doesn’t take that long, you know, it could be closely held stock or something like that. And those are, certain situations where people have access to buying into a privately held company or a small company, things like that.

But typically, you know, a, hey, I want to invest for passive income is a long term play. It’s, you know, I’m trying to grow these dollars as much as possible to then eventually turn that faucet on and live off of that. And I’m not saying people can’t do that in a shorter time frame, but typically, you’re doing this in conjunction with putting money into your 401k, your IRAs, other things, and then also, looking at a passive play.

That’s typically, decades , in the making 

Tim Ulbrich: Good stuff. Alright, let’s move on to our next question, which comes from Amanda from Brainerd, 

Minnesota. 

Amanda: Hi, YFP. My name is Amanda and I’m from Brainerd, Minnesota. My husband and I welcomed our first child this year, and we are wondering what we need to know about 529 [00:14:00] college savings plans, and if there are good strategies for saving for our child’s education while still meeting our other financial goals, like saving for retirement and paying off our mortgage.

Tim Baker: I kind of would start with the question is like, what’s the goal? Right? So, you know, oftentimes when I ask this question, it’s like, I don’t really know, or we don’t really have a goal. So, is it hey, I want to get my kid through 2 years of school, 4 years of school, you know, is it masters doctorate is a public private in state out of state.

I think probably kicking the tires on, what that looks like is important. And, I think there are a lot of people that are apprehensive of 529 plan. So, just to kind of define what a 529 plan, it’s a tax advantage savings plan design to encourage savings for education costs.

There’s typically 2 types. You have a college savings plan, which is an investment account that grows tax deferred with withdrawals that are tax [00:15:00] free for qualified expenses. And there’s a slew of qualified expenses that were more narrow when they first came out that are become more broad, as years go on.

And I think it’s going to continue to do that. You also have, a prepaid tuition plan, which is typically a lot less popular, but this allows you to prepay tuition at today’s rates for, participating schools for the future. And, you know, there’s pros and cons, of each, but I think typically people go into, the college savings and they’re more familiar and comfortable with, okay, I’m saving for education, 

retirement in my 401k. So the big draw here is the tax advantages. So at the federal level, earnings grow tax deferred and withdrawals are tax free for qualified education expenses at the state level. Many states offered tax deductions or credits for contributions if you use your state’s plans.

And there is a slew of, you know, states that offer tax benefits for, you know, using their own plans, their states [00:16:00] that doesn’t matter. You can use any plan and then there’s states that don’t have income tax. So you don’t really get a benefit. And then there’s states that are kind of more, um, we don’t care if you.

Put money in a 529, you don’t get any benefit looking at you, California, Delaware, Hawaii, Kentucky, North Carolina. So the thing about this is like, you get the benefit at the state level, kind of on the front end and then on the back end, you typically get the benefit at the state and the federal level.

I think what often happens is that people let the tax advantages kind of drive their contribution amounts. And it’s not necessarily a terrible thing, but it can be, especially like, if you’re over saving, or potentially under saving. So I think, again, looking at. What is the goal? We’ve talked about previously, Tim, the one third role and that’s kind of what my family does.

What Shane I do for our 3 kids. I think that’s important to know. We talked, qualified education expenses, tuition fees, room, board, books, supplies, equipment, you can use it for student loan repayments, apprenticeship costs. I think the other thing that I would say is not all 529s are [00:17:00] created equal.

Thank you. So research and plans, we did this with Ohio one where we’re like, Hey, it’s, rated at one of the better plans in the country. But if I compare that to like, are like how we manage money at YFP, it’s more expensive, right? Um, so you want to compare plans from different States, depending on where you’re resident, what plan to use.

You want to look for plans that have low administrative and investment fees. Um, you know, that have a kind of a diverse investment, options, understand what the contribution limits and when you get the benefit, you know, being able to understand who owns the account. So like I have three accounts for my three kids.

I am the account owner and they, the three of them are beneficiaries. You can change beneficiaries. So if Olivia decides not to go to college, I can use that money for Liam. or Zoe. In the future, you know, I don’t, I think sometimes people get worried that like, if there isn’t an out, what do I use that for?

So like, I don’t have a problem with, you know, given that to a relative, a grandkid, that type of thing. So, but at the minute, at the end of the day, like if you decide to get the money out, it’s a penalty and you pay tax, right. So it’s not the end of the world, I think for the most part, if you think your child is going to go through [00:18:00] some type of training post high school, it’s a good vehicle to use.

Um, You know, obviously there’s risks, you know, when, when, anytime you invest any money, you know, there’s no guarantee that you’re going to get a return, understanding, when you get penalized for pulling out, early and what that looks like. So those would be the highlights Tim, in terms of a 529, maybe a coin flip is maybe a little too much, but it’s typically 50 50 where people are like, yeah, I’m all in on a 529 and there’s probably another 50 percent that are apprehensive. So again, I think asking those questions of, like, what’s the goal? You know, like, what do how do you view this money?

And going from there is really important, but there’s a lot going on here, right? In terms of, the type of plan, how you invest it. How does that what’s the glide path of those investments over time? What are the fees? Multiple kids, you know, there’s a lot of new rules with, you being able to transfer it over to a Roth in the future and all those things.

So there’s quite a bit at play here with regard to this decision, but I think it is a valuable bucket to use. If you [00:19:00] have, a solid belief that your child is going to do some type of, training or education post high school.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, let me throw out a couple of resources, Tim, for those listening that want to dig deeper. And then I’ve got a couple other thoughts I want to get your input on. So we have a blog post, seven things to consider before starting a five to nine plan, that goes in a little bit more depth along what Tim was saying, and then not too long ago, we did an episode three 68, how much is enough when it comes to kids college.

Right. So we think about that question often in terms of retirement. I don’t know if we think about that same question when we think about kids college and to your point about what’s the goal? You know, you mentioned the third, a third, a third rule. We talk about that in that episode, but if we can have a North star of what’s the desired output, we can then backtrack into what do we need to be saving today based on a set of assumptions.

And that’s helpful if we back up though, just a minute, you know, to my experience and there’s no judgment, out there because I felt this myself is. When people go through their own journey of incurring a lot of student loan debt and the pain that can come with that, I think that leads [00:20:00] to a tendency to want to maybe either over save or not prioritize these in the way that maybe objectively you would, right?

And so I think intent is good, but, you know, if I went through my own journeys, I did a paying off a couple hundred thousand dollars of debt, naturally, I’m like, I don’t want my kids to ever have to go through that good intent.

Tim Baker: The other way, too, where it’s like, hey, I

Tim Ulbrich: No, you’re going to go,

Tim Baker: Yeah, I’ve seen that. And that might be a

Tim Ulbrich: that’s a

Tim Baker: pretty even split as well. You know, it’s like, hey, it’s just it’s kind of the rite of passage. But yeah, I’ve seen it both ways where it’s like, hey, I don’t want my child ever have to experience that.

But then also, like, I had to so. 

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And I think where this can come into context with planning is we can try to more objectively look at this. So for example, if someone’s listening and then they fall onto the side of, Hey, I went through this. I don’t want my kid to go through this. You know, we might then have a tendency to put some of these steps out of order.

We think about some of the baby steps of the financial plan, getting the emergency fund set up, making sure we eliminate any high interest rate, credit card debt. Making sure we’ve got the base of [00:21:00] our own debt repayment plan. Not to say we have to be debt free, but at least have the plan of where we’re going, making sure we’ve got a base of our own investing strategy and thinking about the future.

And so does the 529, if it fits in, depending on your goals and vision for your own kids, then the question is where, right? Where does it fit in with other things? 

Tim Baker: Yeah, and I think what you’re alluded to is this need for some people, you know, I’ve gone through that debt journey to overcorrect, in the face of their own plan. Right? And, you know, what a financial planner will say, eloquently will be like, hey, Tim, you can take a student loan or your child can take a student loan.

You can’t take a retirement loan. So there could be a world where you. Forego your own retirement and you’re really working on the 5 29 and then when they go to college or you’re using that and kind of the income that you’re earning at that time and then you’re impoverished in retirement and your kids have to take care of you on [00:22:00] the back end instead.

So again, that’s kind of an extreme example, but yeah, I think again, we always talk about intention here, right? And I think sometimes, you know, we talk about this with invest, invest in, sometimes emotions can really, wreak habit in a well laid plan. And, you know, I think emotions are important. 

You know, hey, I would sleep a lot better at night if our emergency fund was X instead of Y do it. Right? I think though that, education is 1 of those gray areas where it’s like, I know I should be doing something here, but I don’t really know what it is and dependent on my own experience, I’m going to overcorrect or not address it at all.

And you have the opportunity to do so and do it in a meaningful way. Again, I think it’s one of those parts of your financial plan that is important. And maybe, you know, it goes along the, hey, put your mask on first before you put on your child’s mask, the airplane example. But it’s [00:23:00] worthy of examination.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. In my experience, Tim tells me that the emotions in the math, which I firmly agree are both important. They’re not independent variables, right? So, you know, when, when you took, me through the kids college savings calculator, answering the question, how much is enough when you can get to the granularity, sure.

It’s based on a set of assumptions and those assumptions can change, will change potentially, just like we talked about with retirement, but when I can look at it and say, okay, I’ve got a five year old, A nine year old, a 12 year old, a 13 year old. Here’s what we have for each of them saved today based on let’s assume, you know, four year in state public tuition.

We’ve got a great university in our backyard here. Go Buckeyes. Um, so we’ll, we’ll use that for assumptions and, and we’ll look at certain, savings rate of returns and other things like, and we’d start to distill it down to, okay, we want to pay a third. Are we ahead? Are we behind? Are we on track?

And then what would it mean monthly? To get on track with where we want to be like that type of analysis [00:24:00] can inform the emotions. Meaning that, you know, I can be looking at this thinking kids college. I don’t know. We’re just kind of throwing money at it. I know we need to be saving.

Are we there? Are we not there? Like that’s unsettling. And I think the math can help inform that

Tim Baker: yeah, it’s the same kind of analysis that we go through with, you know, um, retirement, you know, this is a little bit more of a tighter schedule because you’re typically looking at 18 ish years versus like a 30 year career. But yeah, it’s the same thing. And what I always kind of. You know, I, I, I go back to my first job and, you know, in financial planning, you know, we would say, Hey, client, Hey, Tim, you need 2.

65 million for retirement. And then we kind of go on to the next thing and you could literally see, their eyes gloss over because if you’re 10 plus years from retirement. It doesn’t connect, so going through that analysis, whether it’s retirement or education planning, it could be incremental things like, Hey, save 75 more for this kid and you should be fine.

Put this lump sum that you have. And then [00:25:00] save 50 more and you’d be okay. Right. Or, let’s tweak some things here. You’re really conservatively, invested right now and you still have. 12 years until they go to like, let’s modify that. So it’s taken those, and this is just financial planning and, it’s taken those large problems and then basically, breaking it down to what can I be doing today, this month to affect change.

And again, like, it’s not always going to be perfect, but I think with education planning in particular, like. If I, you know, if I can get to, like, if my full, solution is to pay a third to do the 33 percent role and I’m at, you know, 29%, maybe I have to reach into my pocket a little bit more in, like, when, when my kid goes to college, or they have to take a little bit of a more of a student loan.

But like, it’s, it’s we’re right there. Right? And I think a lot of people, they throw up their hands are like, ah, this is too big of a problem. And they just. Yeah. Keep on keeping on and they don’t really, again, they don’t analyze where they’re at and, you know, where they need to go.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, I think as we talk about all the time, it’s taking these unanswered questions that are constantly swirling in our mind, right? These unclosed loops [00:26:00] that are causing some of the stress anxiety, getting them written down on paper and then developing a plan. And sometimes that plan means to what you said earlier, we only have so much money in a given month, right?

So it might be that, Hey, we wish we could do more than we can do in the moment. But that clarity can come from. All right. We’ve thought about these things. We’ve written them down. We prioritize them. And now we’re beginning to work towards them. A lot of momentum can really come from that. 

Tim Baker: Right. 

Tim Ulbrich: Great stuff. Again, thank you to Corey and Amanda for taking time to submit your questions. And if you have a question, we’d love to hear from you. We can address it on an upcoming show. You can send us an email info at yourfinancialpharmacist. com. You can also. Submit and record your question by going to yourfinancialpharmacist.

com forward slash ask YFP. And if you’re thinking about strategies, whether it’s to grow your income or save for kids colleges, we talked about on this episode, perhaps you’re thinking about, are you on track for retirement, maybe getting your estate planning documents buttoned up as I just heard from someone this week, or building a more tax efficient financial plan at YFP, we have a team of the only certified financial planners that work with pharmacist households all across the country.

We would love to have a conversation. With you where you can learn more about our services. We can learn more about your situation and determine if there’s a good fit to do that. You can book [00:27:00] a discovery call by going to yourfinancialpharmacist. com. And you’ll see on our homepage and option to schedule that call.

An important reminder that this podcast is provided for informational purposes only. And is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice, information to the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial product.

For more information on this, you can visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thanks so much for listening. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 392: Keeping Your Investment Portfolio FIT


Tim Baker, CFP®, and Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, share strategies to address fees, inflation, and taxes, helping you keep your investment portfolio fit and achieve your financial goals.

Episode Summary

In this episode, Tim Baker, CFP® and Tim Ulbrich, PharmD discuss a crucial topic related to personal finance: keeping your investment portfolio fit. 

Tim and Tim explore three silent threats to your investments—fees, inflation, and taxes. Learn practical strategies to manage fund fees, mitigate inflation’s impact, and use tax-efficient approaches to safeguard your portfolio. Whether you’re starting to save or nearing retirement, this episode delivers valuable tips to protect and grow your wealth.

Key Points from the Episode

  • [00:00] Introduction and New Year Greetings
  • [00:12] The Importance of Keeping Your Investment Portfolio Fit
  • [01:32] Understanding Investment Fees
  • [02:08] Expense Ratios Explained
  • [09:12] Other Types of Investment Fees
  • [12:35] Advisor Fees and Their Impact
  • [20:36] Inflation and Its Effects on Investments
  • [26:19] Strategies for Pre-Retirees and Retirees
  • [31:06] Taxes and Investment Income
  • [36:37] Building a Retirement Paycheck
  • [39:39] Conclusion and Final Thoughts

Episode Highlights

“ Step one is we got to save money. That  that’s hard enough. But when we do that important step, we want to make sure that we can hold onto as much of the pie as we possibly can.” – Tim Baker [9:01]

“ And not all financial planning services are created equal. And so it’s not just a black and white discussion of what are the advisor fees, but  what’s the construct and the makeup of the advising. And then  those fees can look very different and whether they’re transparent and whether or not it has a return on investment with it.” – Tim Ulbrich [13:00]

 “ I always tell the story of when I got into the industry and my parents were working with an advisor and  I asked the question, “ Hey, what are you paying for that? The answer I got was like, oh, it’s free kind of through your dad’s work.  And I’m like, uh, you know, there’s no free lunch.” -Tim Baker [13:55]

“ If you’re in a relationship and you’re not sure how the advisor is making their fee. That’s a big red flag.” -Tim Ulbrich [17:39]

“ The best number in terms of progress with the financial plan is your net worth, right? The assets, the things that  you own minus the liabilities, things that you owe.” -Tim Baker [18:33]

“ The timing of when you retire is going to be one of the most important things. It’s related to your success in terms of having your assets not run out on you.”-Tim Baker [29:02]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Tim Baker, happy new year. Welcome back to the show.

Tim Baker: Yeah. Happy new year. Uh, can’t believe, uh, we’re on the other side of the new, uh, the new year already. The holidays, it’s, it’s pretty crazy.

Tim Ulbrich: We are, and we’ve got a topic that is connected to the theme of new year, but of course we’re going to bring it into first personal finance and that’s keeping your investment portfolio fit, fit, standing for fees, inflation, and taxes, really three things that are silent forces that can be working behind the scenes.

On the investment portfolio. You might not always see them directly, but their impact can really be big, especially over time. And Tim, that’s where you come in. That’s where our team of the only certified financial planners come in that have worked with pharmacists, clients all across the country to navigate this topic.

This is an area, right? That doesn’t really get [00:01:00] enough attention since I think it’s hard enough to focus on prioritizing saving. Let alone worrying about maintaining the integrity of those savings. Right.

Tim Baker: Yeah. And, and this, and this, if, if not paid attention to can be the, the drag right on your portfolio and your ability to build wealth over time. And, um, it’s important to, you know, especially, you know, when you’re evaluating your, your finances, which, you know, maybe a lot of us are doing at the start of the new year, um, to, to take a look at it and see, you know, Where we’re at with things.

So, um, yeah, it can be kind of one of those things that are behind the scenes, especially if you’re, if you’re struggling just to kind of get the portfolio and kind of the wealth building aspect of your, of your finances off the ground.

Tim Ulbrich: So Tim, let’s start with fees. We’ve all heard the saying, you get what you pay for, but sometimes in investing it might be the opposite, especially regarding fund fees. The may more you pay in fees, the less you actually keep in returns, potentially. We’ll, we’ll talk about that in more detail. And whether it’s from fund management fees to trading [00:02:00] commissions, there really can be many hidden costs that can add up, especially in the long term.

And it’s important that we understand what these fees are and whether or not they’re, they’re transparent, or we’re even aware of what they are. So walk us through the different types of fees that investors might encounter on their portfolios.

Tim Baker: Yeah, probably, probably the one of the most important ones, um, that, that we talk about is the expense ratio. So the expense ratio is essentially what a fund takes. Um, to manage said fund, right? So the way I explain this, Tim is, you know, let’s say I’m a, a fund manager and I’m managing billions of dollars of a large cap fund, right?

So my job is to, you know, gather information and, and really buy and sell stocks, large cap stocks inside of my funds that my investor has shares in. So for me to do that, I need. You know, a place of business. I need an [00:03:00] office space, which might be on, on wall street or thereabouts. I need analysts. I need to pay for information.

I need to, um, pay myself, pay salaries. So all of that work that’s done, you know, needs, you know, you know, revenue would essentially support that. So what the expense ratio is, is a percentage of the, the money that, that the fund manager is managing that they take out. Um, to basically pay themselves and all those things that I mentioned.

So the, the big, the hard part about this is that it’s not necessarily a line item on your, on your like, account statement. So, if you look at sometimes they’re listening to the account statement as, hey, you’re paying, you know, a half a percent, 0. 5 percent or 1 percent or, or, um, You know, 5 basis points, which is 0.

05%. So it might be listed as this is what the expense ratio is, but you can’t really draw a line from that [00:04:00] to, like, what’s actually being taken out of your account, which, which is hard. Right? So, and what we often see is that. You know, there’s a lot of people that just don’t pay attention to this at all.

Um, and if we take the example of a large cap, you know, one of the, one of the big things, which like a, which with a large cap is that, you know, you can buy a large cap where you’re paying. 0. 03, three basis points, or you’re paying way north of that 1%. And really the only thing that’s different is the fee itself.

When you actually like, you know, unwrap that fund and you look at the individual stocks that they’re in, it’s all the ones that we know, Microsoft and Amazon and things like that. So you’re kind of paying a premium for. I don’t know what a name potentially. So it’s really important when you’re looking at, when you’re selecting your investments, or if you’re working with an advisor and they’re helping you select investments that, you know, you are getting.

Bang for your buck. Right. So it, my, my thing is like, if I’m going to pay, you know, a hundred [00:05:00] basis points, you know, 1 percent versus five basis points. So that’s a 20 X difference in fee. For me, the way that I look at that, this is like, I should be getting 20 times more performance or 20 times safer. For the same amount of performance, but it’s typically not the case, right?

It’s typically not that. So, you know, I can say that, you know, where we, what we typically like to do is drive those fees, that expense ratio down as, as much as possible. And some of the other fees that we’ll talk about, um, and really let the portfolio do what, what it, what it does, what the market do, what it does.

So the expense ratio is a, is a huge, huge part of that.

Tim Ulbrich: Tim, when, when we hear, you know, five basis points or 0. 05 or three basis points, 0. 03 versus something like 1%, You know, I think we look at that with a little bit of shock and awe, but, you know, the average investor, if you’re not thinking about this, looking at these, if you don’t feel them right in your portfolio, necessarily, you know, it’s not impacting monthly cashflow per se.

You might look at those and say, [00:06:00] how, how much does that really matter? Right. So why, why does a type of difference when you look at something like five basis points or 0. 05 versus 1%, you know, over a long period of time, the question really is impact. What, what is the potential of that impact?

Tim Baker: Yeah. So, I mean, if you, if you take a, you know, for just simple math, if you take a, , 100, 000 portfolio, and you’re in a fund that is charging you 5 basis points,. That’s 50 per year for that. Um, if we stack that up, so let’s say I’m invested in the same type of large cap fund, but it’s charging me 1%.

That’s 1, 000. Per year. So like, you know, if we add zeros to this, we can kind of see where this is going. Right? So, so to me again, like, I don’t, you know, one of the, one of the positions that we, that we pay a little bit more and they’re newer, um, and more specialized is, is like the spot Bitcoin ETFs. Like, I think the, the fund that we’re in, it’s, it’s 20 basis point, but typically our, our portfolios are four or five basis points, [00:07:00] 0.

04, 0. 05. So what I tell the client, as I tell myself is like, if I’m paying more and I’m not getting that return, or it’s not safer.

It doesn’t make sense. So to me, it’s driving those down, you know, um, as much as possible. And you can see the numbers like, again, like if I look at 1%, I’m like, oh, it’s not really that much. But over time and over many years, it’s just, those are the, those are the things that erode, erode your gain and they don’t really need to be.

So, um, you know, and to back up, like if you buy an all stock portfolio, like you don’t buy a fund, you don’t have Expense ratio, because they’re not inside of a fund. You’re buying the individual stocks. The danger there is you’re potentially, you know, um, paying commission. So anytime you buy and sell you can, you, you are charged a fee and then just the, the risk that you take, you know, in terms of like, are you broadly diversified?

Are you putting too many eggs in, in one basket? So, you know, what, what I view as, you know, good investment practice is I can, I can build a well diversified Portfolio, um, for minimal cost and again, I would put minimal cost of anything less than, you know, in the 20 to, you know, 10 basis points, like, in that range, um, and feel good about, you know, the, the construction of the portfolio and the risk that I’m taking.

Um, so I, I do think that I, I’m willing to pay the toll, the expense ratio for that and not necessarily buy individual stocks and bonds and things like that.

Tim Ulbrich: So Tim, you mentioned expense ratios. Um, obviously that, that kind of becomes the top one that we think about, especially if they’re inside of a fund, you mentioned commissions, what, what other types of fees are out there that, that folks might, may not be as aware about?

Tim Baker: Yeah. So if you’re thinking about trading and transaction fees, um, you know, there, there are brokerage commission. So these are fees charged by a broker for executing trades on your behalf. So it could be something like a, a stock trade commission. Um, these are typically flat fee, so it could be anywhere from 5 to 10.

Um, a lot of these have kind of gone, there’s a lot of commission free brokers, um, that have kind of, you know, um, squashed a lot of these, but they’re still there. If you’re, if you’re option trade in, there’s option trade, uh, commission fees, there’s mutual fund, uh, transaction fees. So these can range anywhere.

You know, when I was in the broker deal world, I think it was almost like 30 per trade, right? Typically the range is, you know, 10 to 15. You know, 50 per trade. So, um, they’ll, they’ll, uh, they’ll, you know, brokerage will charge us, you know, to buy and sell, you know, mutual funds. There could be like spread costs.

So the difference, this is the difference between like the bid and the ask price of a particular trade. So they might, um, have a little bit of a spread. So they’re, so, so the, you know, the brokerage is making money. Um, one of the big things that I remember, especially being in the broker dealer world is account maintenance fees.

So these are, these are fees charged, uh, for maintaining an account. Um, such as an IRA. Um, and these, you see these more [00:10:00] Tim in like low interest rate environments. So they’re not making a whole lot of money on the float of the money that, you know, cash that they’re sitting on. So they try to find ways to make money.

Um, and these, these could be. I think when I saw them, it was like 50 an account. I see them anywhere from like 25 to a hundred dollars annually. Um, sometimes there’s foreign transaction fees. So these are applied to trades on international exchanges. There could be redemption fees. So these are fees for selling certain types of mutual funds or ETF within a specified, like holding period.

Um, so as an example, like if you, if you look at your account statement and you see, Like, uh, a mutual fund that you had that has an a, like next to it, that’s an a share mutual fund that you were probably, uh, sold that had like an upfront commission. Right. And, um, a lot of people don’t know that up going in, um, and they pay that and they’re like, what, what the heck happened?

There’s also C shares. [00:11:00] That you pay a little bit on the front end and then you pay an ongoing fee, um, which is not great. Those are typically the worst ones. And then you have a B1, which is kind of an in between that. There’s like a holding period that you can sometimes get redemption. So being, um, where we, we don’t, you know, we don’t operate in them, but I do come across a lot of clients that are like, oh, I’m not paying commissions.

And I look at their statement and there’s A’s and C’s. That’s what you typically see, excuse me, all over the place and they just don’t realize it. So. And probably the last one that I hear is kind of like robo advisor fees, right? I’m in a particular program and I’m paying, you know, a certain, certain amount.

So those are the ones that, you know, um, expense ratio, expense ratio, and then trading, trading fees, transaction fees, and kind of a slew of those that you’ll, you’ll often see.

Tim Ulbrich: Is that, is that it, that’s all you got on the list of, uh, potential fees that

Tim Baker: Yeah. And then we haven’t even gotten into the advisor fees, which we can talk about, but yeah. Yep.

Tim Ulbrich: let’s talk about that. Right. Because obviously, you know, that’s the work that we do and it [00:12:00] has to be factored in and, and full disclaimer, we’re, we’re biased in the value of the work that we bring clients. And we, we believe when you talk about advisor fees, Tim, when it’s done well, which is why we believe in the fee only model.

That’s why we have the model that we do that. Yeah, it’s a fee. Yeah. And it’s a fee that we have to factor in, but there’s a return on investment of that fee that we also have to account for. And not all financial planning services are created equal. And so it’s not just a black and white discussion of what are the advisor fees, but what’s the construct and the makeup of the advising.

And then those fees can look very different and whether they’re transparent  so how do you think about the advisor fee piece?

Tim Baker: Yeah. And I, and I think, I think a big part of this is just like transparency, right? Like oftentimes, you know, when I would, I’d ask people that I’ve worked with an advisor, like, what are you paying them? They’re like, uh, I don’t know. Like, and I always tell the story, you know, of, you know, when, when, when I got into the industry and my parents were working with an advisor, you know, I asked the question, I’m like, Hey, what are you, what are you paying for that?

And it’s, you know,  the answer I got was like, oh, it’s, it’s, it’s free kind of through your dad’s work. And I’m, I’m, And I’m like, uh, you know, there’s no free lunch. Right. So, and then years later, when I actually looked at it, you know, the fees were significant, like North of eight grand a year, right. Um, in the product.

So, you know, in the, in the broker dealer world, again, no shade to that, you know, where it’s more like fee based, so you can charge commissions, you can charge flat fee percentages. I think the problem is, is like. You know, what the advisor is trying to do is one help the client, but also make a living. So, so they’re, they’ll say, Hey, I can, I can get you in this investment and then I earn a commission.

Um, or I get you in this investment. I earn kind of an ongoing fee. And then maybe I sell you, you know, a life insurance product that I earn a commission or an annuity in our commission, or I charge you hourly. So it’s really just confusing. Right. So I think like. Transparency of fee and like, what you’re paying is really important.

And I think marrying that up to like the value that you’re receiving, right? So there’s some people that they view comprehensive financial planning as. Selling you an insurance product and managing your money. And that’s it. And then maybe talking to you once every couple of years, we don’t view that as comprehensive financial planning.

Like we, we view that as very light financial planning, if, if financial planning at all, maybe some investment management. So when you look at the different ways that advisors can charge, you know, fees, it could be a flat fee. It could be an AUM assets under management, which is a percentage of what they’re managing.

And it can be an. Assets under advisement, so it’s, you know, the feet, the investments that they’re managing directly at their own custodian, but also managing indirectly, say, at like, a 4 or 1 K or a 529. it could be commissions that we talked about, which could be commissions on insurance. It could be commissions on investment, which is kind of what we’re talking about here.

An hourly fee or kind of a combination of all these things. So, you know, I think I think the, the, the, the hard part for the consumer for the client is to determine a, like, what the heck are they paying? And are they getting value for that? Um, and if they’re not, then obviously, you know, reassessing it. So, you know, and there’s.

There’s pros and cons for all of these, right? Um, and there’s, there is no such thing as, um, you know, sometimes advisors, especially in the feeling where we’ll say, you know, we have, you know, we give conflict free advice that does not exist. It doesn’t in any model, there’s always a conflict of interest. And I think, you know, the advisors that that is willing to say, like, Hey, we think this is in your best interest.

However, cards on the table, it’s also going to change our fee, increase our fee. Um, and that can go the other way too. It’s also going to decrease our fee. Um, you know, I think those are the type of advisors that are my people, you know, we want what’s best for the, for the, for the client, but understanding, you know, what model you’re in and then like what you’re actually paying is going to be half the battle.

And, and, and more often than not, when I talk to prospective clients and I ask them, Hey, what are they, what are they, what are you paying? They’re like, I literally have no idea. And I think that’s problematic.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And that’s what my experience tells me, Tim, is that, you know, especially the pharmacist households that we’ve worked with, even those that decided, Hey, we’re not, we’re not a good fit. Um, and that’s okay as well is transparency is what matters, right? They want to know what’s involved.

Everyone has a different definition of what, what is return on investment. What’s value that can change in different seasons of life. So, um, I think the transparency pieces is so critical. And if you’re in a relationship and you’re not sure how the advisor is making their fee. That’s a big red flag. Right.

And I think something worth exploring further.

Tim Baker: Yeah, and I think, you know, um, you know, when we talk about fees, like, you know, you’re no model is going to fit everybody. Right? So I think like, it’s just again, being comfortable understanding what you’re paying. Um, and, and, and what I was going to say was, you know, oftentimes, especially with pharmacists, type a scientific minds, they’re like, okay, if I’m going to give you, you know, X amount of dollars in fees.

What is the ROI? And I’m like, well, define ROI because the way that we look at this, the way that we look at ROI is that you, there is a quantifiable that you can count ROI, but I don’t even think it has anything to do with investment returns. I really think the best number in terms of progress with the financial plan is your net worth, right?

The assets, the things that you own minus the liabilities, things that you owe.  But I think the other unspoken thing here is the, not the quantifiable things, but the qualifying things of, of what, what have we done with your plan with, with your life plan supported by the financial plan?

That’s hard to count. Whether it’s that, that family, that. Finally, you could buy the house when they didn’t think they could or had the baby or retired early or pivoted careers or got back into a passion that they had put on the sideline for a long time because of whatever reasons. Those are the things that get me fired up.

They have nothing to do with. Ones and zeros in the bank account or net worth or things like that. And I think if you’re in that type of relationship and you have that type of trust and rapport, that’s worth a lot. Um, so that’s my soapbox, Tim.

Tim Ulbrich: I agree. And, and I, you know, would be remiss if I didn’t put a plug in here for what we do and, and for those folks listening that would like to learn more about our fee only financial planning services, what our team of certified financial planners can offer, um, you Working with households all across the country, uh, virtually, you can learn more, your financial pharmacist.com. You’ll see an option at the top, right? You book a free discovery call to learn about those services. Tim, let’s shift to inflation. Um, so in addition to fees, we have to pay attention to inflation and this one feels a little bit sneaky, right? I mean, you’re making money, but inflation is quietly chipping away at your purchasing power.

Yes. Today. At the grocery store, I think we’ve all felt that recently and and perhaps five six years ago It was hey inflation what but we all have felt that more recently But not only in our expenses today might we feel that but also in the future When we think about how far our savings will go so explain to us how inflation erodes the purchasing power Of an investor’s returns over time

Tim Baker: Yeah. So when I talk about like, cause there’s a lot of people out there. That are super risk adverse. Right. So they’re like, Tim, do I really have to invest? Can I just like stuff my mattress or put money in my bank account, my high yields. And I call it a day. And the answer is like, especially if we’re aspiring to be a seven figure pharmacist, plug the book, um, answers.

No, you can’t. And the, when I talk about this, you know, um, with, with, in, in, in, in different talks, like when I look at inflation, if we take, If we take a latte that you buy at Starbucks in 2025, and let’s say it costs 4 dollars. Um, and maybe that’s just a plain coffee these days. But if you, if you, if you get that, that coffee at 4 dollars, if we use historical rates of inflation, and most advisors will use about 3%.

Now, you know, we’ve had years and spikes that, you know, some people are like, well, let’s use 3 and a half or 4%. But if we use 3 percent and we fast forward 30 years, from 2025 to 2055. That same latte that would cost 4. 00. Costs 10 30 years from now. So what that means is that your dollar just goes less far.

And this is why my dad’s in the 70s. You’d always talk about, you know, his grandparents would give him a nickel and you go to the candy store and buy half the store. It seemed right. You can’t buy anything for a nickel today, right? So the, the idea of investing and having a solid investment plan is to keep pace with the inflation monster, but then also get ahead of the tax man, which is what we’re going to talk about next.

So unfortunately we can’t bury our hands, head in the sand or, you know, and I, and I say that, Facetiously and just put money into a check into our savings account and call it a day because over time that, you know, 400, 000, you know, if we, if we look at it from an investment is going to be equivalent to 1, 000, 000 or the purchasing power of 1, 000, 000 in the future.

So. That’s why we need to invest and take appropriate risk and equities and bonds. And I would argue equities, you know, mostly through, you know, the working years of most people, or especially early on. And then as we get closer, you know, start to to add more bonds and fixed income. But that’s really what it is because, you know, every year, you know, the price of goods and services.

Goes up. Um, and it’s a systemic thing that we can’t escape. Um, you know, that we really have to adapt our financial plans to.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And I think Tim, it can be easy to lose sight of historical trends when we’re in

Tim Baker: Yeah, for sure.

Tim Ulbrich: time periods. Right. So, you know, I’m thinking of this moment while we’re recording, although rates have come down, high yield savings accounts are. 4 percent ish, right. Give or take, um, we’ve had historically high inflation, you know, the last couple, a couple of years for obvious reasons we’ve talked about on the show.

And so I think sometimes people look at that and they say, oh, well, you know, 4%, that’s really good historical rate of inflation, but we can’t confuse those. Right. Because just a few years ago, what was our high yield savings account earning less than 2%? Well, I mean, for a while right down there, I mean, even lower than that.

So when we zoom out. Yeah, we get, get those emails, right? Your, your savings account has gone down, but you know, if we zoom out, we look at the historical rate of inflation. If we’re not investing and it taking some level of calculated risk and what that risk tolerance and capacity is, is different for, for everyone.

And that has to be customized, but if we’re not doing that, right. Our, our long term investments really come to be at risk and in terms of us achieving our long term goals.

Tim Baker: Yeah. And I’ll give you an example. So if we talk about the long term effects of inflation, so, um, over time, inflation compounds, meaning it’s cumulative effect on person power grows significantly. So, like, if we take 100, 000 portfolio and we invested at, um, we get a 6 percent annual return over 20 years.

Without inflation, that portfolio grows to from 100, 000 we’ll call it if we, if we then interject reality, which is about a 3 percent inflation, the real value of that investment, if we adjust for inflation would be 180, 000. So that’s, that’s the, that’s the rub here. And again, that’s, that’s why, you know, when people are like, Oh, I’m like really conservative.

I don’t want to take risk. I’m like, you kind of have to get in front of this, you know, especially in, you know, younger in your younger years, um, you know, to get in front of again, inflation and then, and then the tax man.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And this is also why, when we’re doing things like retirement projections, nest egg calculations, especially for people that are maybe in that, you know, front half of their career, let’s say they look at these numbers and they’re like, is this wonky math, right? These seem like they’re huge. They’re out of reach.

Well, we’re, we’re thinking about it in today’s dollars. And obviously we have to be thinking about it. In the future as well, Tim, you alluded to retirement age a little bit. When you’re talking about asset allocation, let’s just touch on that a little bit more. So for maybe some of the pre retirees listening or people that are in the second half of their career that are thinking about retirement, it’s on, on the horizon and are concerned about the long term effects of inflation on their portfolios, ability to generate income and to sustain itself.

What are some general strategies that we’re, we’re thinking about employing? I know you’ve talked before on the show about, Hey, social security, right? It’s, it’s one of those rare vehicles that we have some inflation protection. What, what, what [00:25:00] other thoughts here?

Tim Baker: Yeah. I think as you look at your, your investment strategy, like there are things that, yeah, you mentioned. So that’s why we’re a big, you know, a big believer and really having a very purpose based strategy when it comes to a, uh, social security claim. And because once you made that decision, it’s kind of forever.

And that can really affect the amount of. Inflation protected income that you have coming in the door. Um, so the other things you can think about is there are inflate, there are inflation protected security. So there’s tips treasury inflation, protective securities that are linked, um, to they’re kind of marked to inflation.

So as you know, as, um, Inflation goes up. So does the interest payments for which you, you know, which you receive, um, they don’t necessarily, they’re not necessarily, you know, growth oriented, but it helps you kind of, you know, at least keep pace with that. What we’ve been talking about, you know, at length here is, is really having a portfolio that’s invested in growth oriented assets.

So stocks. Real estate could be commodity commodities that outpace inflation over time that kind of provides a hedge against inflation reinvest in your return. So compound and helps offset offset the negative effects of inflation over time. Another thing that, again, we believe in, um, that not everyone does, but even diversify internationally.

So invested in global markets may reduce inflation. Um, Risk retired, you know, tied to kind of the U. S. Dollar or the economy. And then probably the big thing I hear, or I see, and I actually just had a conversation with perspective client, you know, they were sitting on over 200, 000 of cash and I’m like, why?

And part of its monitor cash holdings. So cash lose unless it’s in a high yield. It’s kind of getting close to that. You know, and today 4 percent cash loses purchase and power quickly in inflationary environments. So you want to really limit the cash that you have idle. So we kind of talk about, you know, you want your emergency fund and any short and medium term goals that you need cash for.

So that might be a trip might be a project on your house, et cetera, et cetera. And that foundation is set to then get money into the market for more, you know, longer, longer term type plan. And so those would be things, you know, like, like I mentioned, you know, it could be, you know, what you invest in, whether it’s tips, you know, growth, equity type of, of stocks could be commodities, but then also some of the things that you’re doing, you know, with cash and, and how you reinvest returns and things like that can help Kind of tackle, tackle the, the, the problem, you know, the, that won’t ever go away, which is the inflation, um, associated with your, with your assets.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. One last thing I would add in here, Tim, and this is where I think the flexibility piece is so important. And we’ve, we’ve talked at length on previous shows about this, but if someone has some flexibility. With their retirement situation, whether that be part time work, whether that be the [00:28:00] timeline of when they retire, and we’re in a high inflationary period or a downturn in the market, right?

Things that we may not anticipate happening. Those types of levers that we can pull go a long way in terms of how we maintain the integrity of our, our investment pie as we go throughout retirement, so it’s not a set it and forget it so important when we think, you know, I think back to my early years of saving.

You know, coming out of pharmacy school and it’s like, all right, we’re going to pay it away, whatever, 20, 25 percent of our income. And we’ll kind of think about this tomorrow and that that’s good early on. But then you get to this point in time where we start to ask this question. I’ll be like, Hey, are we on track?

And you know, what is the horizon timeline? And then more nuanced questions, like some of the tax strategies, when we think about withdrawals or, Hey. You know, the markets had an unexpected downturn or we’re, we’re in a down market for a longer period of time. And maybe it’s not the best time to retire, or maybe I could retire early.

Right. There’s all these wrinkles that we have to consider as we get closer to that timeline.

Tim Baker: [00:29:00] yeah. And, and, you know, probably the timing of when you retire is going to be one of the most important things that, you know, um, You know, it’s related to your success in terms of having your assets not run out on you.

Tim Ulbrich: All right. The last piece of our, uh, keeping your investment portfolio fit fees, inflation, taxes, taxes is number three, certainly last, but not least. This is a big one, right? They could take a huge chunk out of your investment Income, particularly if you’re not strategic about it. We’ve harped on that on the show many times before about being proactive with your tax planning and how important that is to the financial plan and whether it’s not maximizing tax advantage accounts, whether it’s realizing, you know, capital gains, taxes, when you’re selling investments or taxes on interest income, if you’re not paying attention to taxes, Tim, it can really hurt your returns.

And, and I think tax is just one of those dry topics that, Hey, we’d rather not really think about.

Tim Baker: Yeah. And it’s, it’s another one, it’s another one that has major [00:30:00] implications on, you know, again, your, your ability to, um, grow your wealth and, and, and keep pace with, with lifestyle, especially in retirement and, and, and really throughout your, your, your whole life. So, you know, I, I think, I think one of the big things that I think about, so when I, when I talk about taxes and investment, I kind of lead with a little bit of a depressing, like example.

So like, if we look at a million dollars and a traditional 401k, a million dollars in a Roth IRA, a million dollars in an HSA, et cetera, then one of the questions I always ask is like, how much money do we actually have? And. Unfortunately, we don’t have 3 million or 4 million dollars, how many bucks it is because anything that is gone into a pre tax bucket, like a traditional IRA, a rollover IRA, a traditional 401k uncle Sam has yet to take his bite of the apple.

Right? [00:31:00] So the mechanics of this is like, if I put money into my 401k, let’s say I put 20 grand in, um, I make 100, 000 a year. The IRS looks at me is if I made 80, 000. So I get a deduction for that. So that 20, 000 goes into my, my 401k. It grows tax free, which is great, which means I’m escaping capital gains. I don’t have to pay capital gains.

And then when I pour that money out in retirement, that’s when it gets taxed. Right. So if I have, you know, over time, I have a million dollars there and I’m in a 25 percent tax bracket, actually 750, 000 of that is mine. And 250, 000 of that is the government. So I think what’s really important about taxes and investment is actually something called, um, asset location.

So these are different types of investment accounts that have different, uh, tax treatments. And the, and the three main buckets here, Tim, are the. Uh, The tax deferred accounts, which I just talked about. So this is kind of a traditional 401k traditional IRA. [00:32:00] So these contributions are pre tax and the investment gross tax referred and then the withdrawals are typically taxed at ordinary income levels.

We have the tax free accounts, which is a little bit misleading because you actually pay the taxes, you know, as it goes in. Um, so these are things like Roth IRA, um, Roth 401k. So the contributions are after tax. So I’ve got my paycheck. I’ve already been taxed and I put those money into a Roth. That investment grows tax free and the withdrawals are then tax free.

So when I pour out that money, so if I have a million dollars in a Roth IRA, I pour out all million dollars of that. I actually get all million, all 1 million of that. And then the last one is the. Taxable accounts. These are the brokerage accounts. So these are taxes, taxes are paid annually on interest, dividends, capital gains, typically the contributions are with after tax dollars.

So I was, I was taxed on it, um, through my paycheck. I contribute that to a taxable account. It grows, but then any capital gains, um, interest dividends, [00:33:00] I’m, I’m taxed again. Um, and that’s where we get into things like tax loss harvest. So, you know, depending on where you’re at. geographically where you’re at in life, you want to have a little bit in column a, a little bit in column B, a little bit in column C, right?

So it’s really important to be able to when we’re building, if we fast forward to retirement and we’re building a paycheck, if I’m the maestro and I’m building a retirement paycheck, I know that Maybe we’re getting in some in from consulting part time work team. Maybe we’re getting some in from, um, social security, which is also taxed, but then the gap that I’m trying to make up between those things and what we need to, you know, live in and thrive.

I’m pulling from these 3 buckets and, you know, if I have a balance of those 3 buckets, it benefits me because what I’m trying to do as a planner is fill up your tax bracket in the most efficient way [00:34:00] possible. So I might take some from the pre tax bucket to get you to, you know, to max out that 12% Um, tax bracket.

And then maybe I go to the, um, the, the Roth to then, you know, get the rest. Maybe we’re, we’re retiring at 58. So then I’m, I’m using primarily, um, a brokerage account because anything between before 59 and a half, you know, I get a penalty and pay taxes. So, excuse me, that’s the, the asset location is really important to determine how we then pull it in retirement and what makes the most Efficiency wise, um, from a tax perspective.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. And what you’re talking about, Tim is building a retirement paycheck, right? We talked about this on episode 275. We’ll, we’ll link to that in the show notes, but I love that visual. Cause we all, we all can relate to that, right? Throughout our career, whether we work for someone else, we’re self employed, you know, we have some semblance of a, of a paycheck, maybe it’s fixed, maybe it’s variable, you know, for time, but eventually we’re going to get to [00:35:00] this future state where maybe we’re working part time or eventually we’re not working at all, Or we have to produce our own paycheck.

And there’s going to be multiple sources that are feeding into that. You mentioned it could be social security. It could be, uh, an annuity. It could be, uh, coming from an IRA. It could be coming from real estate. It could be coming from a 401k, right? All these different pathways. And it highlights so well, the point that not all buckets and dollars are created equal as you articulated.

So, well, you could have two people that both have 4 million. And where that 4 million is going to go and how it’s going to be deployed could be very different depending on what buckets from a tax standpoint. And it’s important on the front end. So we’re talking withdrawal side with the building and the retirement paycheck, but it’s also important on the front end is we’re saving, not that we can predict everything that will happen in the future.

But if someone says, Hey, Tim, I want to retire early. And they’re serious about that. Well, we got to think about where those buckets of dollars are going to be and how do we build a plan and a way to support that? So, you know, this is where [00:36:00] online nested calculators fall short, right? Just, just punching in numbers and saying, Hey, Tim, you need 3.

4 million saved, like where, how, what’s that going to look like? What are the tax treatments? All those questions have to be answered.

Tim Baker: Yeah. And it’s, it’s so nuanced, right? Even like, we talk about our own situations. Like, we’re two Tim’s in Ohio. Our financial situation is similar, but different. But even, even with slight variation, we just, there’s, there’s certain things that we, that, that I’m doing in my plan that you’re not doing and vice versa.

Right? Like, one of the, one of the cool things about being self employed in Ohio is, you know, your first 250, 000 per year, there is no state income tax. Um, So, you know, when I moved from Maryland, I’m like, Oh, like I need to really take advantage of that. And hit my Roth harder than what I was, because I’d rather pay the tax.

Now, I just pay federal, um, and, you know, use another example. Like, if I decide [00:37:00] to retire in Florida, you know, maybe I don’t I don’t need to do that, you know, but I’m not retired. I’m not planning on doing that. But, you know, if you’re, if you’re working in a state with income tax and retirement with a state that doesn’t, again, there’s legislative risk there because, you know, things could change, but all of those things kind of play a part in this.

Journey, which is what it is. Um, and it, it’s hard to get that from a calculator and, you know, it is nuanced. And I think, um, you know, provide, you know, it requires a level of care and attention, um, especially when we’re talking about the, the nest eggs and, and the assets that were, you know, that we’re working with over time that, you know, just requires some level of love and attention, really.

Tim Ulbrich: Tim, great stuff. We covered a lot in a short period of time, fees, inflation, taxes, three really important parts as we think about our investment portfolio. And we really are just scratching the surface on all of those areas. We’ll link to some of the episodes. We’ve got more information in the show notes.

Thank you so much everyone for listening to this episode of the podcast. If you’d like [00:38:00] what you heard, do us a favor, leave us a rating and review on Apple podcasts. Or if you’re watching on YouTube, would you help other pharmacists find our show as well? And finally, an important reminder that the content in the show is provided for informational purposes only is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice, information on the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offered by ourselves, any investment or related financial products for more information on this, you can visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com forward slash disclaimer. Thanks so much for listening. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 391: 7 Books That Shaped My Money Mindset


Tim Ulbrich shares insights from seven financial books that shaped his journey, offering key lessons on saving, spending, mindset, and building wealth.

Episode Summary

In this episode, Tim Ulbrich highlights seven impactful financial books that shaped his journey, including I Will Teach You to Be Rich by Ramit Sethi, Die with Zero by Bill Perkins, and Rich Dad, Poor Dad by Robert Kiyosaki. He shares key takeaways on topics like balancing saving and spending, adopting a wealth-building mindset, and spending for happiness.

Key Points from the Episode

  • [00:00] Introduction and Financial Moves Recap
  • [00:41] Book 1: I Will Teach You to Be Rich by Ramit Sethi
  • [03:25] Book 2: Die With Zero by Bill Perkins
  • [06:14] Book 3: Rich Dad Poor Dad by Robert Kiyosaki
  • [08:12] Book 4: The Millionaire Next Door by Dr. Tom Stanley
  • [10:12] Book 5: The Compound Effect by Darren Hardy
  • [14:09] Book 6: Total Money Makeover by Dave Ramsey
  • [15:33] Book 7: Happy Money by Elizabeth Dunn and Michael Norton
  • [17:47] Conclusion and Call to Action

Episode Highlights

“ It’s about intentional allocation of the dollars that we have and spending them in areas that we drive the most significance.” -Tim Ulbrich [1:35]

“The plan that got them there to work hard and to save, save, save…that mindset was going to require a shift in order to live a rich life. New behaviors need to be learned. And ideally we can build these spending muscles throughout our careers and not just wait until some day off in the future.” – Tim Ulbrich [5:54]

“I can’t think of anyone. I know. Who got rich off of buying whole life insurance policies, buying random alt coins or buying NFTs.”- Tim Ulbrich [10:59]

“Learning is one thing, but learning and taking action with accountability is really where we start to see things happen.” -Tim Ulbrich [18:21]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Welcome to this week’s episode, Tim Ulbrich here we kicked off the new year where I covered five financial moves to make, and we’ll link to that episode in the show notes.

One of those moves was to set your learning plan. So here are seven financial books that have had a profound impact on my journey, such that I often recommend these books to others, gift them, and I’ve implemented at least one, often more than one of the teachings in my own financial plan. All right. In no particular order, let’s jump in with book number one.

[00:02:00] Which is, I will teach you to be rich by Ramit Sethi.

Now I had the chance to hear Ramit speak in 2019 at the FinCon event, the FinCon conference in Washington, DC, and it was fire. He’s a fantastic speaker, a fantastic teacher. And at the time, the theme of his talk, which he talks about in the book, I will teach you to be rich is money dials, money dials, a key concept in that book.

And. Really, the concept of money dials is identifying what areas of spending have the most significance, meaning or impact for you and dialing those up and on the flip side, finding those areas of spending that perhaps are somewhat automatic and we may not even be thinking a whole lot about it. And they have the least significance or meaning or impact and dialing those down, right?

It’s about intentional allocation of the dollars that we have and spending them in areas that we drive the most significance. Now it sounds obvious, but it’s easy to fall into the [00:03:00] trap of spending money on things that you don’t really care that much about at the expense of not having money. To spend on things that mean the most to you.

And I love that he starts off the book with this, right? Because before we implement the X’s and O’s of the financial plan, as you’ve heard me say on this podcast, many times, we have to be clear on what does it mean to live a rich life? Now he’s, he uses the terminology money dials. We talk about living a rich life.

We’re talking about the same. thing, right? Now, this is not about me saying what should or shouldn’t be meaningful, right?

Everyone has different significance and meaning. It’s about getting clear. What are those things that you derive the greatest significance and meaning from? And is your financial plan, is your spending in alignment with those areas? Now, in addition to the concept of money, Dows in this book, his teachings on automation have stayed with me and are ones I’ve applied to my own plan and teach often to other pharmacists.

Now, he says in the book that automating your money will be the single most profitable system that [00:04:00] you’ll ever build. And I would whole heartedly agree with that. It takes time, a little bit of time to set up, maybe perhaps not as much as you think, but once you have a system in place where you’ve thought about and identified your goals.

We’ve accounted for them inside of the monthly spending plan. And then we are automatically funding those goals. And we see that process happening. Boom, right? That’s when we’re really humming with the financial plan in general. This book is a great personal finance one on one read. It’s an easy read.

Again, he’s a fantastic teacher. And I love the principles in this book and our principles that I often apply in my own financial plan. The second book on my list is die with zero by Bill Perkins, die with zero.

By bill Perkins. This book is going to challenge you to think differently about the value of spending and finding that balance with saving or, as we say at Y. F. P. Finding the balance between living a rich life [00:05:00] today and planning and taking care of our future selves.

Now, if you’re an aggressive saver, Guilty as charged. And you find yourself challenged to enjoy spending money today, right? To let go of the reins a little bit. This is a must read for you. Bill Perkins in the book challenges traditionally held beliefs about retirement planning and passing down generational wealth.

One of my favorite quotes from the book is when he says, quote, people who save tend to save too much for too late in their lives. They’re depriving themselves now, just to care for a much, much older future self, a future self that may never live long enough to enjoy the money. 

I’ve come to appreciate and still need a lot of help guidance and reminders from my financial planner, from Jess and our own plan that spending just like saving. Is a learned habit. I was recently reminded of this after listening to an interview on Ramit Sethi’s podcast, where he was talking with a couple [00:06:00] nearing retirement age that had over 6 million in net worth.

It was quite sad to hear the husband rationalized with Ramit for almost two hours, all the reasons why he couldn’t spend and enjoy because he had to quote first, save it up. Or quote work harder to make up for what he was going to spend again, net worth of 6 million. So for all intents and purposes, they achieved their savings goals.

Plus some, right? The plan had worked. They had gotten to that point that they were planning for all along, but despite what the numbers showed, he couldn’t shift his mindset. He was stuck in the grind and the hustle of working and saving. Working and saving. And this is something we don’t talk about often enough with the financial plan that when we work hard for 30 or 40 years to save, that is a big transition.

When we get to the withdrawal phase, right? We need to be planning for that. We need to be preparing for that. And we need training wheels along the way to help us with this learned behavior of spending. And the point that was remit was trying to make and trying to get this husband to see is that in order to live a rich life, the plan that got them there can’t be the same.

As the plan going forward. The plan that got them there to work hard to save, save, save, work hard, save, save, save. That mindset was going to require a shift in order to live a rich life. New behaviors need to be learned. And ideally we can build these spending muscles throughout our careers and not just wait until some day off in the future.

That may or may not come and may or may not be what we have in mind. 

Number three on the book is rich dad, poor dad by Robert Kiyosaki, rich dad, poor dad by Robert Kiyosaki. Now, Robert Kiyosaki has recently come into the spotlight and many different controversial ways. So personality aside, his teachings in this book, in my opinion, remain a classic. This book is all about mindset, not X’s and O’s like some of the other books that are on the list today.

And if you think of the financial plan as a series of decisions that need to be made, I think of this book as being [00:08:00] a philosophy that guides those decisions. It’s the thread behind the decisions that we make. And a few of the things that have stayed with me is that, you know, what we might think is an asset versus a liability. I think he challenges that mindset. Why leverage is an important tool to build wealth.

And of course there’s risk with leverage and we have to balance that. Also, what has stayed with me is why traditional W 2 income limits wealth building. And finally, why business ownership and real estate investing are key legs. Of the wealth building school.

Now this book in particular, along with tax free wealth by Tom Wheelwright, and we’ll link to all of these books in the show notes, tax free wealth by Tom Wheelwright really opened my eyes to the importance of tax as a part of the financial plan. One that is kind of always behind the scenes that probably many of us are not thinking about, and more specifically the strategies.

That can be employed to optimize our tax situation, right? We want to pay our [00:09:00] fair share, but we want to pay no more. And I think through these teachings and really digging into the form 10 40 and understanding how the different components of that form work and what are the levers that we can pull to make our, uh, tax rate as efficient as possible.

These two resources, rich dad, poor dad, and tax free wealth have really been instrumental in opening my eyes to the significance and importance of tax as a part of the financial plan. All right. Number four on my list is the millionaire next door. By Dr. Tom Stanley, the millionaire next door by Dr. Tom Stanley and the updated version, the next millionaire next door featuring Tom’s daughter, Dr.

Sarah Stanley flaw, which we had the pleasure of having on the podcast on episode number 200. This book examines the key behavioral traits. Of millionaires. One of my favorite quotes from the book is when he says, quote, one of the reasons that millionaires are economically successful is that they think differently.

They think differently. What he’s talking about is one of [00:10:00] my key takeaways from that book is that net worth, not income net worth, which is your assets, what you own minus your liabilities, that really. Is a true indicator of your overall financial health, right? Net worth, not income as the financial vitals check is really going to help us as we think about this mindset of, is our income being translated into building our assets and paying down our debt, some of my other key takeaways from this book is that, you know, we often wouldn’t know who the people are that are millionaires or multimillionaires.

When you look at the research that’s presented in the millionaire next door, as well as the updated version and the next millionaire next door, the spending behaviors and patterns would say that they probably aren’t the people that we think are millionaires that more or portray. To be millionaires, they often have a frugal mindset.

Doesn’t mean that they’re cheap. Doesn’t mean that they don’t like investing in good experiences. Doesn’t mean that they’re not a philanthropic or givers, but they often have a frugal [00:11:00] mindset. They’re they’re typically not trapped. Millionaires are not trapped by what I think of as the big rocks, right?

They’re not house poor. They’re not car poor. They do take calculated risk often in business or real estate. And most millionaires, as the research suggests in that book are self made. It’s not typically inherited money, fascinating research and concepts. I would highly recommend that the millionaire next door, the updated version.

If you haven’t already read it. Alright, number five on my list is The Compound Effect by Darren Hardy it was one of those books I, I, I remember exactly where I was when I read it, uh, at our old house up in northeast Ohio during the summer.

I read it outside and, and a couple hours I couldn’t put it down. And one of those books, you’re just constantly highlighting, taking notes. You’re like, yes, yes, yes. And this is not exclusively a personal finance book, but I love the applications here. And I was recently reflecting on those in my life that have been financially successful, because I think it’s helpful to learn and grow [00:12:00] from those who have actually done it right.

And as people came to mind that I thought of, okay, who has been a long term financially successful in building wealth, not short term success, long term financially successful. And as I thought more about that, I was like, I can’t think of anyone. I know. Who got rich off of buying whole life insurance policies, buying random alt coins or buying NFTs.

And I’m not saying that people don’t exist that have built wealth in those ways. Rather, what I’m saying is that I don’t know anyone that took this path, and I feel confident in saying the perception is much greater than the reality when it comes to these types of vehicles being a viable path to building wealth, right?

Often these are short term solutions that are band aids when we really need to look at long term consistent behaviors. Rather, when I think of those people that have built long term wealth, it was a long methodical, patient journey. One intentional step after another [00:13:00] where those decisions and good decisions, not to say there weren’t mistakes along the way, but those good decisions compounded over a long period of time.

And I think, unfortunately, we’re hearing less of these journeys, right? Because these aren’t great clickbait. These aren’t great. In terms of social media algorithms are often boring stories in the, in the literature really supports that. And the book, the millionaire next door, which I just mentioned previously, Yeah.

And several, when I thought more about who are these people, several, not all have multiple pathways of building wealth. Typically it’s traditional investments. It might be equity in a business. It might be real estate, and those aren’t always in balance, but I’ve noticed that as a theme and those that have been really long term, uh, Successful in building wealth and often being philanthropic is a part of that wealth building.

These individuals that come to mind are taking calculated risks on opportunities where they see that the upside dramatically outweighs the downside, and they have a strong financial [00:14:00] foundation in place such that if that calculated risk doesn’t work, They’re not going to be impacted in a significant or catastrophic way, right?

They’re able to take that calculated risk because they have that strong base and foundation in place. As I think of these people that come to mind, I would describe them as overall fairly conservative yet willing again, to take some level of risk if an opportunity presents itself. So they’re not risk averse, but they’re also not flashing.

In fact, they’re quite humble and they’re often very philanthropic. And they really do embody some of the teachings that have stayed with me from this book, the compound effect by Darren Hardy. He has a formula in this book that I often reference back to. And that formula is small, smart choices. Plus consistency, plus time equals radical difference, small, smart choices, plus consistency, plus time equals radical difference, right?

That is the definition of compound interest when we think about saving over a long period of time. So this is the [00:15:00] path I will follow. This is the one that I have seen work a path defined by working hard, taking calculated risk. Investing in tax efficient, appreciating assets, building equity that can be converted to other assets.

Developing a habit and priority for giving and doing this over and over over a long period of time to allow those results to compound. All right. Number six on my list is total money makeover by Dave Ramsey, the total money makeover by Dave Ramsey. Now I’m not an avid follower of Dave Ramsey and his principles and the baby steps, but I have to give credit Where credit is due, reading the total money makeover, going through financial peace university, listening to Dave Ramsey’s podcast was really like a wake up call over a decade ago that inspired the journey that Jess and I took to ultimately pay off our 200, 000 of student loan debt and really led to is the really beginning steps of the place that we are today.

And the journey that we would take to get there, that [00:16:00] book. The total money makeover, listening to the podcast really lit a fire under me to want to learn more, right? As I mentioned, it was kind of a wake up call to create our own path, our own plan. Even if we didn’t follow the path in plan that he prescribes to so many through the baby step formula.

The baby steps I will admit early in our journey, it was a grounding framework, a grounding framework for us that we needed at the time. As we were trying to balance many things, we weren’t doing any of them particularly well, and we didn’t have an intentional plan in place. And that really was the footing that we needed to get started.

That would ultimately allow us to build momentum, to build our emergency savings, to get out of debt, and then to have a prioritized approach. To achieving our goals. So that’s number six, a total money makeover by Dave Ramsey. Number seven last on my list is happy money. The science of happier spending by Elizabeth Dunn and Michael Norton.

Now I would assume many of you have heard of. All [00:17:00] perhaps the first six books that I mentioned, but maybe not the case with this one. I ran across this, uh, several years ago and I intentionally book ended my list of seven here with this one per particular, because I think that it’s an important reminder that money is a tool, right?

I mentioned that when I talked about die was zero by bill Perkins. Money is something that affords us the opportunity to pay for our basic needs. And if we’re able to live our rich life and to give to others. And next time you hold a bill of any value in your hand, remind yourself that it’s a piece of paper.

In fact, it’s a piece of paper that I recently learned is 25 percent Linden, 75 percent cotton, but this is a piece of paper that has value because number one, we all agree that it has value. Number two, it’s backed by the faith and credit. Of the U. S. Government. So what’s my point? My point is that it’s finite, right?

And if we’re not careful, we can miss the boat on a crewing while losing sight of the so what? [00:18:00] And that reminder comes, I think, strongly in the book. Happy money. The science of happier spending. By Elizabeth Dunn and Michael Norton. This book provides what the research has to say on the science of spending and the connection between money and happiness.

Now, happiness, how you define that, right? That’s an important component to consider. But my takeaways from this book were that the literature supports to no surprise, but an important reminder, the link between happiness and Monday. Typically lies in two main areas. Number one, spending money on experiences and memories that will come for those.

And number two on giving, when you look at the connection between happy and moneyness, it strongly points to giving and experiences as an important part of the financial plan. And I think if you talk to anyone who’s been at this for a while, You start to see this come out again, especially as they short up some of the basis of their financial plan.

These are the areas that you typically see people light up when they talk [00:19:00] about their financial plan. All right. So there you have it. Short and sweet. Seven personal finance books. That have had a profound impact on my journey and our books that I would recommend you read or reread . We’ll link to all of these books in the show note.

And if you have a book that you often recommend or that has had a profound impact on your journey, I want to hear about it. Shoot me an email at info at your financial pharmacist. com. Let me know what I left off the list. I’d love to read it and perhaps share it with our community. In the future. Again, you can reach us at info at your financial pharmacist.

com. Now we all know that learning, right? Reading books, listening to podcasts, learning is one thing, but learning and taking action with accountability is really where we start to see things happen. And that’s why we’re so excited about the work that our team at YFP planning is doing through our fee only certified.

Financial planning service. If you want to learn more about what it looks like to work one on one with a fee only certified financial planner from your financial pharmacist, yes, to learn and grow in your financial IQ [00:20:00] and knowledge, but also to take steps and implement those in your financial plan and be held accountable to achieve those results, you can book a free discovery call at YFP planning.com again. That’s YFP planning. com. Thanks so much for joining me on this week’s episode, and we’ll be back next week. Have a great rest of your day.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 390: YFP 390: Financial Resolutions: Top 5 Moves for Pharmacists in 2025


Tim Ulbrich, YFP Co-Founder, shares 5 key financial moves to align your goals, enjoy life now, and build a secure future.

Episode Summary

In the first episode of the year, Tim Ulbrich, YFP Co-Founder, dives into strategies for aligning your personal and professional goals to make 2025 your best year yet. He shares five essential financial moves to help you strike the perfect balance between enjoying life today and building a secure future.

Learn actionable tips for setting meaningful financial goals, optimizing your tax planning, organizing your financial documents, automating your savings, and crafting a plan for continuous learning.

Key Points from the Episode

  • [00:00] Welcome to the YFP Podcast
  • [00:50] Balancing Financial Goals for Today and Tomorrow
  • [03:11] Elevate Your Tax Strategy
  • [08:29] Organize Your Financial Documents
  • [12:40] Automate Your Financial Plan
  • [21:42] Commit to Continuous Financial Learning

Episode Highlights

“ So no matter where your experience or goals live, there is no right or wrong. Each of us is on our own journey.” – Tim Ulbrich [2:09]

“Let’s make this year the year that we move the needle on both: those long term savings and investment goals saving for our future selves, while also prioritizing living a rich life today.” – Tim Ulbrich [2:56]

“ Think of automation as the mechanism by which your income is working for you, and it’s automatically funding the priorities that you’ve already set.” – Tim Ulbrich [12:57]

“ We know that we have a system and a list that is prioritized, that if that income comes in, we know exactly what to do. Where we’re going to allocate that, and that is the power of automation.” – Tim Ulbrich [19:06]

“ One of the greatest advantages of that we have of living in the 21st century is that we have access to learning just about anything that we want. And often we can do it at a low or no cost, right? Thank you very much to our local public library.” – Tim Ulbrich [22:06]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: [00:00:00] Hi there. Tim Ulbrich here and happy new year. I’m so excited to be kicking off 2025 with you here on the YFP podcast. Thank you so much for listening and for joining the show. 

I get excited With the turning of the page into the new year, not as a complete reset, but as an opportunity to really look more closely at the priorities that I’ve determined to be most important to me personally and professionally, and to make sure that the schedule and activities align accordingly.

And I hope the same is true for you. And as we talk about. That turned into the new year as it relates to the financial plan. I’m going to cover five financial moves that I think you should consider implementing as well as why I think about each of these five areas.

So let’s kick things off with number one, which is making sure that our financial goals strike the balance between living a rich life today, as well as. Planning and saving for the future, right? We need to be thinking about tomorrow. We have to be planning and saving for retirement, making sure that we’re focused on moving our net worth in a positive direction, net [00:01:00] worth being our assets minus our liabilities, making sure that we’re taking care of our future selves, saving for retirement, filling those investment buckets.

All of those things are a priority. But let’s not lose sight of those goals that. Help keep us focused on living a rich life today while we’re planning and saving for the future while we’re planning for tomorrow. So perhaps for some of you listening, you’ve long dreamed about a certain experience that has taken a backseat to the busyness of life.

Maybe that’s a small as a weekend getaway for those that have young kids. I know how difficult that can be, or perhaps for some of you, this is a big stretch goal, maybe something as big as a year off traveling the world, having those Lifetime types of experiences, those bucket list type of experiences that are most important to you.

You know, I think back to Matt and Nikki Javid that we featured on the podcast that traveled the world. Nick Ornella that took a year off from his job as a community pharmacist to travel the world. We’ll share both of those episodes in the show notes. So no matter where your experience or goals live, [00:02:00] there is no right or wrong.

Each of us are on our own journey. Perhaps it’s something that’s experienced focus that hasn’t been a priority that you’d like to make a priority those interests or hobbies that we used to long for and prioritize that have gotten lost again in that busyness of life and work.

 One of the activities I wanted to pursue was getting back into playing volleyball, something I had done competitively throughout high school, something that the busyness of life. Other priorities and work just fell by the wayside.

And I did that through a local rec league and that brought incredible joy to me throughout the winter. Or what about that side hustle business or project that you’ve been dragging your feet to take the first step on, or perhaps volunteering or giving opportunities that have gotten lost. And the shuffle, the other priorities of the financial plan.

So let’s make this year, the year that we move the needle on both. Yes, those long term savings and investment goals saving for our future selves, while also prioritizing living a rich life today. 

 So that’s number one on our list of five financial moves that you can make in the new year, all right. [00:03:00] Number two is taking your tax strategy to the next level, taking your tax strategy to the next level.

Now, tax, in my opinion, is one of the most underappreciated and overlooked parts of the financial plan. And I want you to think about tax as a thread. That runs across your financial plan, perhaps one that maybe you’re not thinking enough about that. Ideally we are proactively considering and evaluating when we are making our financial moves.

Now, this sounds so obvious, but I previously have viewed tax very much in the rear view mirror, right? We have to file by April 15th or thereabouts each year to meet the IRS requirements. We don’t want the IRS coming knocking at our doors. And when we do that, we are accounting for. What happened in the previous year now, thankfully, because of our attention and focus on this topic, I’ve become much more proactive in my tax planning as a part of the financial plan, but in years gone by, we would file our taxes and then we’d hold [00:04:00] our breath, right?

Are we going to get a refund? Are we going to have taxes that are due? Did we, withholdings correctly based on differences in charitable giving from one year to the next, right? All of these factors, I didn’t have a great. Picture on come that time of tax filing, what was going to happen, right? And that is less than ideal when it comes to optimizing this part of the financial plan.

And so again, we need to shift our attention from tax preparation to tax planning. One is proactive. One is reactive, right? Again, when we go to file and we complete that paperwork, whether you do that yourself, whether you hire a professional, that is looking backwards. If we start to think more proactive, hopefully at the point of filing, yes, we’re going to do that work.

We have to do that, but we’re then looking ahead to say, Hey, based on that information, based on the rest of our financial plan, based on our personal situation, based on changes that we know are coming or goals that we have. Okay. Bye. What can we be doing strategically in advance throughout the rest of the year to make sure that we’re paying [00:05:00] our fair share of taxes, but no more.

So if you don’t already know your key tax numbers, I’m referring to things like marginal tax rate, effective tax rate, adjusted gross income. Let’s make a commitment this year. We’re going to do it. To get started and to learn more. Now I would love if you would get out the IRS form 10 40, we’ll link to it in the show notes and just spend 10 to 15 minutes to make sure that you understand the terminology and the flow of dollars.

I get it. It’s nerdy, right? And whether you like this subject or you don’t, you do it yourself, you hire someone else, understanding these numbers and understanding the flow of dollars and what those terms mean and how it, ultimately affects your marginal and your effective tax rate is going to be really important as you think about the strategies and you’ll be able to directly see how certain strategies you can implement in the financial plan are going to have an impact on the overall taxes that you pay.

So as one example, AGI adjusted gross income [00:06:00] has huge implications for those that are going through student loan repayment, right? Income driven repayment calculations, especially for those that are pursuing a public service loan forgiveness strategy. Your adjusted gross income is directly tied to the monthly payment that you’re going to make on your student loan.

So if we understand that, we can then start to think about how Well, Hey, are there strategies I can use that can perhaps reduce or lower my AGI adjusted gross income? Not by making less, we don’t want to do that, but by making contributions to things like traditional 401k or traditional 403b accounts, or how about health savings accounts?

Right. These are types of things that can reduce our taxable income, therefore reduce our monthly student loan payment, which is a great thing, especially for those that are pursuing tax free loan forgiveness all the while we’re accruing tax deferred savings into the future, just one example of how.

Important. The proactive planning can be now on episode 309 of the podcast. We’ll link to that in the show notes, CPA Sean [00:07:00] Richards covered the top 10 tax blunders that pharmacists make. 

Some of those things, including having a surprise bill.

Or refund due at filing, probably the most common thing that we see and so what we want to be doing ideally is we’re shooting for zero. We don’t want to have an interest free loan that we have out to the government. And we also don’t want to have a surprise bill that’s due that we’re not ready for.

 Another common mistake he discussed was pharmacists not employing a bunching strategy for charitable giving. So for those that are giving, especially giving at a significant level, uh, and aren’t following the standardized deduction, is there perhaps some strategy in the, in the bunching of charitable contributions that can reduce.

Once tax rate, he also talked about a common mistake. You saw a new side hustlers and business owners not planning for taxes. So earning income and being surprised, uh, by not paying estimated taxes along the way, we talked about underestimating the power of the HSA, the health savings account, and an oldie, but a goodie not factoring in public service loan forgiveness when choosing tax [00:08:00] filing status as married.

filing separately or married filing jointly. So make sure to check out that episode, episode 309 and easy to see as you hear some of those common examples, why having a proactive tax plan is worth its weight in gold. 

 So that’s number two on our list of five financial moves to make in the new year. Number three is button up your financial documents, button up your financial documents.

Now getting organized with your financial records. I believe plays a significant role, not necessarily in terms of moving the needle on your net worth, but in making sure that you and others have access to all of the information that you need to make informed decisions with the financial plan. So think for a minute about all the financial accounts that you have out there, all the different documents.

Insurance policies that touch a certain part of your financial plan. The list quickly grows to one that is overwhelming and the more you operate in your own system, the longer time goes by where you’re operating in [00:09:00] your own system, the easier it is for you to navigate, but perhaps harder for others to navigate and unravel should they need to do so in the future.

And that’s where this concept of buttoning up your financial documents comes in. That’s where this concept of a legacy folder comes in. I first heard of that idea of a legacy folder when I took Dave Ramsey’s financial peace university, probably 10, 12 years ago at this point at our local church. And I remember walking away thinking, wow, that is so simple, so obvious.

Why haven’t I done that yet? Why haven’t Jess and I done that yet as a part of our own plan? So essentially the idea of a legacy folder, if that’s a new concept to you, whether it’s a physical folder, an electronic folder, or a combination of both, it’s a place where you have all of your financial related documents.

So in the event of an emergency, others would be able to quickly access your financial situation. And they’re not just access, but be able to pick up and understand what’s going on and to be able to make key decisions. In your absence. 

[00:10:00] So here’s how we have organized it. Certainly not the only way to do it, but here’s how we have organized it in a combination of Google drive. And a safe at home that has a passwords, all of our passwords stored in a one password account. So we have nine different sections. I’ll describe them briefly.

This sounds overwhelming. It did take a commitment of time to get started. It takes a commitment of time to update, but I will say there’s an incredible feeling of peace. Momentum that comes from having this done. So section one for us is what we refer to as important documents Okay, birth certificates for us for our kids social security cards marriage certificates passports all of these We have in a fireproof safe at home and we have them just referenced Uh, as being there in the electronic version that we share with the financial planning team, as well as share with those that would take care of the boys in the event of our absence.

So that’s section one important document. Section two is all of our insurance policies and information, auto insurance, homeowner’s insurance, umbrella insurance. Health [00:11:00] insurance, long term disability, term life and term life insurance policies for myself, for Jess, for the business, et cetera. Section three is a state planning documents.

So we have a hard copy of these in the safe that have been notarized and electronic version that’s uploaded in the Google drive. So these are things like the revocable trust agreements, healthcare, power of attorney, living will last will. And testament section four is the car titles. Section five is our home ownership documents. So this is the deed to the home, our home equity line of credit, our HELOC information. We have another copy of homeowners insurance policy here, just so it’s all contained in one section. Section six is a summary of our financial accounts, our net worth tracking sheet.

As well as our social security statements. Section seven is our tax returns for personal and business tax returns. Section eight is all of the records related to the business. So a summary of the different entities, legal documents, operating agreements, buy, sell agreements, et cetera. And then section nine is just a miscellaneous.

So [00:12:00] information about utilities and other accounts that don’t fit. In the previous sections again, it takes time to get that started, but it’s something that you can act upon pretty quickly in the new year. And I encourage you to set a, an annual recurring reminder, whether that’s the turn of the new year, perhaps it’s daylight savings time or something else that you just remember to update those documents as needed.

Periodically. All right. So that’s number three in our five financial moves to make in 2024 button up your financial documents. Number four is my favorite. This is the area that I think has moved the needle the most for Jess and I in our financial plan over the last decade or so. And that is automation, making sure that you have a system and ideally a system that is working.

So think of automation as the mechanism by which your income is working for you, and it’s automatically funding the priorities that you’ve already set.

And determined to be most important in advance. Now, I know I’m not alone when [00:13:00] I say that I was feeling for some time that there are multiple financial priorities that are occurring at once that are swirling around in my head. And it can be overwhelming to think about what are those priorities in what order.

And how do we allocate the limited resource of limited income that we have to those? Should we focus on one? Should we focus on two? Should we focus on three? And so much of the stress around the financial plan, I believe is from all of that unknown and anxiety swirling in our heads, right? If we can get that down onto paper.

And if we can start to put some numbers and a plan to it and prioritize it, we may not always like the outcome of how fast we may or may not be able to achieve those goals. But once we have a plan, once we articulate it, once we know we thought about it, we prioritize it. I think there’s a lot of clarity and momentum that can come from that.

So automation helps put those goals into action. It takes the stress out of wondering whether or not they’re going to happen. So whether it’s saving for an emergency fund, whether it’s saving for a vacation, paying down [00:14:00] debt. Whether it’s student loan debt, consumer debt, auto loan debt, mortgage debt, whatever type of debt, whether it’s saving for retirement, saving for a home, saving for investment property, automation helps identify and prioritize these goals and assign your income accordingly.

Yes, it takes a bit of time to set up, perhaps not as much as you may think as you hear about it, but once it’s set up, it provides a long term Return on time benefit, but also better yet, as I mentioned, peace of mind and feeling of momentum, knowing that you’ve thought about prioritize and have a plan in place, working itself to fund your goals.

Now, Ramit said, he talks about this in his book. I will teach you to be rich. He does an incredible job of teaching automation credit to him. And he says that automating your financial plan will be the single most profitable system that you’ll ever build. And I remember hearing that and thinking, man, that’s a big, big promise, right?

But it is a hundred percent true. [00:15:00] Automating your financial plan will be the single most profitable system that you’ll ever build. So if you’re not already doing this, I want you to imagine a future state. Imagine a future state where your financial goals and priorities are clearly defined. You’ve determined how much of your monthly budget is available for these goals, and you have a system in place to automatically fund these goals every month.

So you get paid and your money is being distributed automatically. Paycheck comes in, dollars are being funded to the goals that you’ve already determined and prioritized to be most important. Okay. So what does this look like? Here’s how Jess and I. Are currently implementing this now, previously we adhered to a zero based budget, which I think really did help us.

Laser in and focus on our expenses and account for every single dollar that we earn. That’s the premise of a zero based budget. I think that method works out really well, especially when you’re getting started or feel like you need to get back on track. But over time, we’ve loosened [00:16:00] this up knowing that once we account for all of our monthly commitments, right?

Our monthly commitments being mortgage insurance, property taxes, giving grocery subscriptions, utilities, et cetera. Once we account for those, and those are largely fixed. outside of some variation in utility payments. We have a certain amount of funds after we account for those things that we know can be allocated in two general buckets.

With several options within those two general buckets. So what are those two general buckets? General bucket number one is what we call everything else. So this includes things like gas, miscellaneous trips to the store, family experiences, family entertainment, eating out, et cetera. And we track this, Jess and I track this in a shared Google sheet.

 That just helps us make sure we don’t overspend this category. The second general bucket is what we think of as our sinking funds. It’s the second bucket of funds that we want to predefine, prioritize, set allocation amounts, and then set up auto [00:17:00] contribution of funds.

 The areas that we’re focused on our funding and HSA saving for a summer vacation, our Roth IRAs funding, the next, the next car purchase, and then thinking more about the boys five to nine funds for college savings.

So as we sat down and thought about. What is the greatest priority? Those are the things that rose to the top that we wanted to fund with these bucket two funds that I’m referring to, right? These sinking funds. So in this scenario, and within our discussion of automation, we would look to estimate the available pool of funds per month or per year divided by 12.

We would then prioritize the list. Determine the allocation order in the amounts. And then, as I mentioned, we would automatically fund those and set up an, a recurring contribution. 

Now you can see the system and process that we worked through, right? We identified the total estimated annual amount. You can do the same thing to buy that by 12 for monthly.

We listed out the goals and we matched those up [00:18:00] to prioritize accordingly. Now here’s the disappointing part, or perhaps. Depending on you look at it, maybe exciting as I do in this example, we have fully funded several goals, right? , but we had several things that I mentioned that were left unfunded. Okay. The kids five to nine accounts as well as the next car fund. So we have a couple options here. We can go back to the drawing board and redistribute, right?

Lower some of the other ones and partially fund some, and then have others that we are able to partially fund, or we can stay as is knowing that if additional funds become available, right? Whether that’s in the form of for us, additional income, it could be tax refunds, although hopefully we’re doing a good job planning and that’s not the it could be sizable income for some of you.

It could be picking up extra hours. It could be gifts that you receive, whatever might be the additional income. We know that we have a system and a list that is prioritized, that if that income comes in, we [00:19:00] know exactly Where we’re going to allocate that, and that is the power of automation.

That is the power of having a system. So one step further, what does this practically look like for us in terms of implementation, so we use ally for all of our online banking. Now, this is not a commercial for ally.

Uh, we really like them. We’ve used them for several years. I like the capability they have with saving buckets and other features, but you can build a system like this and many different types of savings accounts. So for us, direct deposit from work income goes into ally, goes into a checking account. And since we know the amount required per month to allocate to the goals we decided upon, there is then a bucket.

Labeled for each of these goals inside of ally. So the transfer of funds goes from checking account where the direct deposit comes in to savings account. And then within the savings account, we have a predefined bucket. So essentially what this looks like is you’ve got a certain amount of dollars, let’s say [00:20:00] 30 or 40 in a savings account.

But once you click into that, you see all of these different sub buckets for things like vacation and again, you can do a multitude of things. Of different buckets. I think you can do up to 30 or so inside of ally. And in the case of for us, the IRA, HSA savings, you know, we could put those in the bucket as well inside the savings account, but we’re going to set those up to be an auto contribution directly into the investment account, right?

We want those dollars working for us as quickly as possible. So again, imagine that flow, you get paid. Right. We’ve identified the buckets. They auto contribute into the buckets because we know we’ve already accounted for inside the budget, and then that’s working for us once we have the system set up now, depending on when you get paid for us, it’s the first of the month, but for you, it might be two times a month.

But regardless, once you know when you get paid and once that consistent, we know that any time after the first, so we get paid around the first of the month as well as the 15th, but we use the first is our metric for when we’re going to auto fund these goals. So anytime [00:21:00] after the first, it could be the third, it could be the fourth.

I think I have most of them set up on the fourth. We can have that auto transfer established to go from checking to savings to the bucket, leaving. Only in checking what is left to pay off the credit card each month. And so that all other dollars, they have a purpose, right? They’re being defined and allocated towards a goal.

That is the system of automation. I think the one probably that can move the needle, the most automate your financial plan, have a system in place.

And finally, number five is set your learning plan. Now, when it comes to personal finance, I believe strongly that there is no arrived with the financial plan. Right? This is constantly evolving. It’s constantly changing and a commitment to ongoing learning and having the humility to understand that there’s much to learn and that mistakes are inevitable is really key to long term success.

One of the greatest advantages of that we have of living in the 21st century is that we have access to learning just about [00:22:00] anything that we want. And often we can do it at a low or no cost, right? Thank you very much to our local public library. So whether it’s reading books, great. Have at it. If it’s podcasts, blogs, videos, there’s many options out there.

Find the learning path that means the most to you and has the significance. And really engages you in the learning process. And I’m going to encourage you. Learn learning is one thing, right? But learning plus action plus accountability is really where things start to happen. So that’s number five of our five financial moves to make set an intentional plan around what you want to learn in this new year.

And then determine what are those resources? What are the blogs? What are the books? What are the podcasts that are going to help you get there? And I hope YFP will be an important part of that journey. Cheers to a great new year. Have a great rest of your day.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]